{"id":3998,"date":"2022-09-24T00:27:32","date_gmt":"2022-09-24T05:27:32","guid":{"rendered":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-numbers-101\/"},"modified":"2022-09-24T00:27:32","modified_gmt":"2022-09-24T05:27:32","slug":"exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-numbers-101","status":"publish","type":"post","link":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-numbers-101\/","title":{"rendered":"Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Numbers 10:1"},"content":{"rendered":"<h3 align='center'><b><i> And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying, <\/i><\/b><\/h3>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span><\/p>\n<p><em>Make thee two trumpets of silver.<\/em><\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The law of the silver trumpets<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Revelation is to man as a trumpet-call from heaven; hence the prophets are often<strong> <\/strong>told to lift up their voices like a trumpet. The human race is a grand army of immortals. The journey of life is a series of marches intended by the Captain of our salvation to terminate in heaven. But whether this journey will be successfully accomplished or not depends upon our faithfulness to the directions of our Divine Head, the Lord Jesus Christ.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>I. <\/strong>The law of the silver trumpets is the law of the<strong> <\/strong>nature, uses, and objects of Divine revelation, when it is seen and felt as the utterance of divine love, and the authorised guide and director of our journey to heaven.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>And here we may remark how appropriate silver is as a correspondence to spiritual wisdom. It is white, brilliant, and precious. So is the spiritual meaning of the Word. Oh, may its sweet and silvery lessons be to us as dearest treasure! To teach us, then, that it is the spiritual sense of Divine revelation which is intended to guide us, guard us, and call us to heaven, the trumpets were made of silver.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>They were two in number, but formed of one piece. The whole spirit of the Word is expressive of love to the Lord, and charity to man (<span class='bible'>Mat 22:37-40<\/span>). To represent this twofold character of the spirit of the Word, then, there<strong> <\/strong>were two silver trumpets, not one only. Yet they were both formed out of one<strong> <\/strong>piece. For, indeed, the truth that we should love our neighbour comes out from the<strong> <\/strong>grander truth, that we should supremely love the Lord. The Apostle John states this very clearly (<span class='bible'>1Jn 4:21<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Jn 1:1<\/span>). Another idea is intimated by this command to make them of one piece; that, namely, of the entire harmony of the spiritual sense of the Word with itself. It is bright and coherent everywhere. It is silver, all of one piece.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>II. <\/strong>But let us turn now from the composition of the trumpets to their use.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>They were to be used to call the people to the assemblies (verse 3).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>They were to excite to, and direct the journey of the people (verses 5, 6).<\/p>\n<p><strong>3. <\/strong>They were to be sounded when an enemy appeared in their land to oppress them (verse 9).<\/p>\n<p><strong>4. <\/strong>They were to be blown on the days of rejoicing (verse 10). The first use of the trumpets, then, was to call the assemblies to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, there to hear the will and decisions of the Most High. In like manner we are called by the silver trumpets of the Word to assemble together in the name and in the presence of that glorified Divine Man who said (<span class='bible'>Joh 10:9<\/span>). The whole spirit of the Word calls us to worship Him, and to learn of Him (<span class='bible'>Rev 19:10<\/span>). When we have been to the Lord Jesus Christ in worship, and to learn His will, we shall find the second use of the silver trumpets will be unfolded to us. We must march on. Regeneration is a journey in which we advance from state to state, as from stage to stage in outward travel. We begin in Egypt, we must reach Canaan. The silvery music will call us forward. The import of its sound is this, Arise, for this is not your rest, for the whole land is polluted (<span class='bible'>Isa 60:1<\/span>). Arise, child of heaven, from the selfishness and darkness in which thou hast been enshrouded. Arise from the slavery and pollution of sin to the glorious liberty of the children of light. Move on. Next we are carried forward to the contemplation of the third use of the trumpets; to sound an alarm when the enemies within the land seek to oppress. We begin our regeneration by forsaking the grosser sins to which we have been accustomed, and we think we have left all that is offensive in the sight of heaven. We think we are wholly given up to God and goodness, and so we shall continue. Alas! we have in this but little conception of the wonderful nature with which we are endowed, or of the extent of the ramifications of evil. Each mind is a world in ruins. The soul is organised more astonishingly even than the body, and each organ or principle is more or less perverted. Were we left to ourselves, we might well turn back in despair, and die. But happily, what is impossible to man is possible with God. He can give us a new nature: He can give us the victory again and again: He can and will protect us. When, then, our internal enemies, the plagues of our own hearts, appear to us, and dispositions which we supposed were for ever done with are met again and again, let us not quail nor be dispirited. With Divine help we shall overcome them, and triumph until the last enemy is overthrown. But the Lord saves us by His Word. This is the lesson intended by the use of the silver trumpets which we are now considering. When, then, selfishness rises up in your lands to oppress you, go to the Divine Word, and hear its holy sound. Let its voice of love and mercy be heard in your spirit like the silvery tones of heavenly trumpets, and by its truth and power you will be saved. The last use of the trumpets was, that they should be blown on the days of solemn rejoicing. On our days of gladness we should see that all our feelings are such as are under the influence of the Holy Word. Were it not for sin, all our days, like those of heaven, would be days of gladness. The purification of our joys, then, is one of the great works of our regeneration. Let us blow with the silver trumpets on our days of gladness, and on our solemn days. There are states, which recur from time to time, of peculiar solemnity, when conscience is more than usually earnest with us: states of self-examination, states of solemn thought, states of recollection of mercies and blessings formerly received, states of self-dedication to high and holy objects; these are our solemn days. The period when we resolved to quit a period of evil, and entered upon our passover, or feast of unleavened bread; when we commenced the reception of the bread of heaven, though as yet to us tasteless, like unleavened bread; then comes the period when faith enables us, under its influence, to bring forth the first-fruits of a harvest of virtues and graces to be repeated for ever; and lastly, the feast of spiritual ingathering comes on, that matured state of the soul when charity rules in the heart, and perfect love casteth out fear. Blow with the silver trumpets over the solemn days. There are minor solemnities connected with the varied events of life which induce in thoughtful minds solemn states: the births, the marriages, and the deaths of those we love, the serious circumstances of our families and our country, all these make solemn days; let the<strong> <\/strong>spirit which rules over them be the spirit of love to the Lord, and charity to man. Blow the silver trumpets over the solemn days. There is mention made also of the beginning of the months, and as there is a perfect correspondence between outward nature and mans spiritual and interior existence, there is a correspondence in this respect also. The months are the times which depend upon the moon; and the moon is the symbol of faith in the soul. As faith has its variations in the soul, sometimes being bright and luminous, at others dim and obscure, its changes are represented by those of the moon. The beginning of a month is therefore the commencement of a new state of faith in the soul, when, after being in obscurity, we enter into clear and holy light on things Divine. The tree of life is said to bear twelve manner of fruits&#8211;one for every month; implying that in every state of mind, and in every change of circumstances in our Christian life, we may receive from the Lord within the power of bringing forth the appropriate works of piety and justice. At the beginning of our mental changes, in the attainment of new views on subjects of faith, we should observe that they are in harmony with the essential principles of the spirit of the Word, of love to the Lord, and charity to man. Blow the silver trumpets in the beginning of the months. And, lastly, over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings. Our offerings at this day are all spiritual. Yet are we as truly called upon to make them as were the Jews. Life consists of fixed duties, and free will efforts. Let both be performed in the spirit of devoted self-dedication, under the Divine spirit of the Holy Word. The silver trumpet must sound over our burnt offerings and our sacrifices of peace offerings, that they may be to us a memorial before the Lord our God. In conclusion, let us be grateful for the provision by our adorable Lord of the interior truths of His Word, the silver trumpets of heaven. Let us seek to find them by reading, by thought and meditation, until we have individually realised the promise of our heavenly Father and Saviour, For iron I will bring silver. When we have acquired the clear perception that all truth hangs upon the two grand laws of love to God and love to man, then let their silvery voice be heard over all the circumstances of our lives. Let them be heard calling us from Sabbath to Sabbath to the public worship of the Lord Jesus Christ&#8211;the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Let them be heard directing our attention to Him in our morning and evening devotions. When we have attained light and strength in prayer, they ever call us to march on to progress. Let us go forward with a glowing, firm, and fervent will, and then strengthen and confirm our progress by the light of a full and active intellect. (<em>J. Bayley, Ph. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The trumpets of Providence<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The<em> <\/em>sacred trumpets are still sounded; they still call men to worship, to festival, to battle. If we have lost the literal instrument, we are still, if right-minded, within sound of the trumpets of Providence. We do not now go out at our own bidding; we are, if wise, responding to a Voice, wherever we may be found. Look at the men who are pouring forth in all directions every morning; stand, in imagination, at a point from which you can see<strong> <\/strong>all the stations at which men alight; so present the scene to the fancy that you can see every little procession hastening to its given point of departure; then bring on all the processions to the various points of arrival; read the faces of the men; take in the whole scene. What action; what colour; what expression of countenance! And if we had ears acute enough to hear, what various voices are being sounded by every life; what tumult; what desire; what intersection of paths; what imminent collisions!&#8211;and yet the whole scene moves on with a kind of rough order all its own. What has called these men together&#8211;and yet not together?&#8211;the trumpet! Some have heard the trumpet calling to controversy. Many of these men carry bloodless swords; they are well equipped with argument; they are about to state the ease, to defend the position, to repel, to assert, to vindicate righteousness, and to claim compensation for virtue outraged; they are soldiers; they have mapped out the battlefield in private; all their forces have been disposed within the sanctuary of the night, and presently the voice of genius and of eloquence will be heard in high wrangling, in noble contention, that so the wicked may claim nothing that is not his own, and the righteous have the full reward of his purity. They are going to the political arena to adjust the competing claims of nations, or causes; war is in their eyes; should they speak, they would speak stridently, with clear, cutting tone, with military precision and emphasis; they would hold no long parley with men, for they mean the issue to end in victory. Others have heard no such trumpet: they have heard another call&#8211;to peaceful business, to daily routine, to duty, made heavy alien by monotony, but duty still, which must be done according to the paces and beatings of the daily clock. They cannot resist that voice without resisting themselves. And other men, in smaller bands&#8211;more aged men<strong>&#8212;<\/strong>men who have seen service in the market field, in the political field, in the field of literature&#8211;how go they? Away towards sunny scenes, quiet meadows, lakes of silver, gardens trimmed with the patience and skill of love. They are men of leisure, men in lifes afternoon. The sunbeam has been a trumpet to them; hearing it, they said, Who would remain at home to-day? All heaven calls us out, the great blue arch invites us to hospitality in the fields and woods, and by the riverside. All men are obeying a trumpet; the call is addressed from heaven to earth every morning. We may have outlived the little, straight, silver trumpet, turned up at the ends; but the trumpet invisible, the trumpet of Providence, the call of Heaven, the awakening strain of the skies&#8211;this we cannot outlive: for the Lord is a Man of war, and must have the battle continued: the Lord is a Father, and must have the family constituted in order; the Lord is a Shepherd, and must have the flocks led forth that they may lie down in the shadow of noonday. The trumpets were to be sounded by the priests. The pulpit should be a tower of strength to every weak cause. Were every Sabbath day devoted to the tearing down of some monster evil&#8211;were the sanctuary dedicated to the denunciation, not of the vulgar crimes which everybody condemns, but the subtle and unnamed crimes which everybody practises, the blast of the trumpet would tear the temple walls in twain! There are trumpets which call us in spiritual directions. They are heard by the heart. They are full of the tone of persuasion&#8211;that highest of all the commandments. The heart hears the trumpet on the Sabbath day. The trumpet that could sound an alarm is softened in its tone into a tender entreaty, or a cheerful persuasion, or a promise of enlarged liberty. Everything depends upon the tone. The trumpet may be the same, but the tone is different. We cannot take up the trumpet of the great player and make it sound as he made it. What is it, then, that plays the trumpet? It is the soul. If we knew things as we ought to know them, we should know that it is the soul that plays every instrument, that sings every hymn, that preaches every discourse that has in it the meaning of God and the behest of Heaven. The same trumpet called to festival and to war; so the gospel has two tones: it calls lovingly, sweetly, tenderly; and it sounds an alarm, making the night tremble through all its temple of darkness, and sending into mens hearts pangs of apprehension and unutterable fear. There is another trumpet yet to sound (<span class='bible'>1Co 15:52<\/span>). The trumpet is not lost, then; it is in heaven, where the Ark of the Testimony is, where the Shekinah is, where the Tabernacle of God is. (<em>J. Parker, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The institution of the silver trumpets<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It sets forth, in the most distinct manner possible, that Gods people are to be absolutely dependent upon, and wholly subject to, Divine testimony, in all their movements. A child may read this in the type before us. The congregation in the wilderness dared not assemble for any festive or religious object until they heard the sound of the trumpet; nor could the men of war buckle on their armour, till summoned forth by the signal of alarm to meet the uncircumcised foe. They worshipped and they fought, they journeyed and they halted, in simple obedience to the trumpet call. It was not, by any means, a question of their likings or dislikings, their thoughts, their opinions, or their judgment. It was simply and entirely a question of implicit obedience. Their every movement was dependent upon the testimony of God, as given by the priests from the sanetuary. The song of the worshipper and the shout of the warrior were each the simple fruit of the testimony of God. The silver trumpet settled and ordered every movement for Israel of old. The testimony of God ought to settle and order everything for the Church now. That silver trumpet was blown by the priests of old. That testimony of God is known in priestly communion now. A Christian has no right to move or act apart from Divine testimony. He must wait upon the word of his Lord. Till he gets that, he must stand still. When he has gotten it he must go forward, but is not by aught that strikes the senses that our Father guides us; but by that which acts on the heart, the conscience, and the understanding. It is not by that which is natural, but by that which is spiritual, that He communicates His mind. If the ear is circumcised, you will assuredly hear the silver trumpet. Till that sounds, never stir: when it sounds, never tarry. This will make all so clear, so simple, so safe, so certain. It is the grand cure for doubt, hesitancy, and vacillation. It will save us from the necessity of running<strong> <\/strong>for advice to this one and that one, as to how we should act, or where we should go. And, furthermore, it will teach us that it is none of our business to attempt to control the actions or movements of others. Let each one have his ear open, and his heart subject, and then, assuredly, he will possess all the certainty that God can<strong> <\/strong>give him, as to his every act and movement, from day to day. Our ever gracious God can give clearness and decision as to everything. If He does not give it, no one can. If He does, no one need. (<em>C. H. Mackintosh.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The silver trumpets<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The silver trumpets sent a piercing note. So should the gospel herald utter aloud the gospel news. Away with timid whisper, and a stammering tongue. Note, the trumpets were of one piece. So is the gospel message. It knows no mixture. Christ is all. No diverse metal soiled these trumpets. No intermingling error should soil pulpits. The type, moreover, fixes attention on the Christian as a worshipper&#8211;a pilgrim&#8211;a warrior&#8211;a son of joy. For let the occasions on which these trumpets sounded be now mere closely marked.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>They call the people to Gods sanctuary, it is a gospel ordinance that worshippers should throng the holy courts&#8211;that public prayer and praise should reverence the glorious name.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>They give command to march. The Bible warns that earth is not our rest. We live a stranger-life. We occupy a moving tent. We hold a pilgrim-staff.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3. <\/strong>They sound for war. The life of faith is one incessant fight. Beneath the cross a sword is drawn, of which the scabbard is cast far away. Until the victors crown is won, unflinching combat must go on.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4. <\/strong>In the grand feasts they cheer the worshippers around the bleeding victims. While the altar streams, and happy crowds look on, the heavens resound with these exulting clangs. The precept is obeyed (<span class='bible'>Psa 81:1<\/span>). Believer, thus, too, the gospel teaches you to joy&#8211;to joy with heart abounding with melodious praise, when you in faith contemplate, and in worship plead, the meritorious death of Christ. (<em>Dean Law.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The silver trumpets, or the relation of the gospel ministry to the seasons and services of the Christian life<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong><strong><em>. <\/em><\/strong>The trumpets and their use were commanded by God. He blesses men, saves men by the use of the means which He has appointed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>The trumpets were to be blown by the priests. Every Christian is now a priest, but the ministers of the gospel are especially the heralds of the Divine messages.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3. <\/strong>The trumpets were to be blown in accordance with clear and well-understood instructions. When they were to blow one trumpet only, and when they were to blow both; when the short, sharp, broken notes, and when the long and continuous peal&#8211;these things were clearly explained and enjoined. There was to be no uncertainty as to the meaning of the signals. The meaning of the sounds of the gospel trumpet should be equally and unmistakably clear (<span class='bible'>1Co 14:7-8<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p><strong>4. <\/strong>The trumpets were to be blown at different seasons and for different purposes&#8211;for conventions, for journeyings, for battles, for festivals, &amp;c. In this we have an illustration of the relation of the gospel ministry to the seasons and services of the Christian life.<\/p>\n<p>We proceed to offer some hints on the analogy. The silver trumpets were used<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>I. <\/strong>For the calling of assemblies. The ministry of the gospel should draw men together, even as the silver trumpets convened the assemblies of Israel.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>II. <\/strong>For summoning the people to advance. The Christian minister is required to summon the people to arise and go forward in their upward pilgrimage. He summons them to advance&#8211;<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>In personal holiness. He exhorts them to follow on to know the Lord, to grow in grace, to forget those things which are behind, &amp;c. (<span class='bible'>Php 3:13-14<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>In personal and collective usefulness. He should incite both individuals and Churches to more diligent and devoted services in the cause of Christ.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>III. <\/strong>For encouraging the people in battle. Like the priests with the silver trumpets the minister of the gospel should&#8211;<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>Encourage Christians to battle against evil.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>By inciting them to trust in God. He gives the victory.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>IV. <\/strong>For suitably observing seasons of special interest.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>Seasons of joy. In the days of your gladness ye shall blow with the trumpets, &amp;c. The gospel aims at the consecration and promotion of human gladness. That My joy might remain in you, and your joy might be full. Rejoice in the Lord alway The kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost. Believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory. The gospel forbids no pure delight, but hallows and increases it.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>Seasons of solemnity. In your solemn days ye shall blow with the trumpets, &amp;c. There are many solemn days in life&#8211;days of mental conflict, of spiritual darkness, of social bereavement, &amp;c. In such days the hopeful and helpful sounds of the gospel trumpet are peculiarly precious.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3. <\/strong>Closing and commencing seasons. And in the beginnings of your months ye shall blow, &amp;c. (<em>W. Jones<\/em>.)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The silver trumpets<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>We have here directions concerning the public notices that were to be given to the people upon several occasions&#8211;by sound of trumpet. In a thing of this nature one would think Moses needed not to have been taught of God, his own reason might teach him the convenience of trumpets; but their constitution was to be in everything Divine, and therefore even in this matter, as small as it seems<strong>. <\/strong>Moses is here directed&#8211;<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>I. <\/strong>About the making of them They must be made of silver; not cast, but of beaten work (as some read it); the matter and shape no doubt very<strong> <\/strong>fit for the purpose. He was now ordered to make but two, because there were but two priests to use them; but in Solomons time we read of an hundred and twenty priests sounding with trumpets (<span class='bible'>2Ch 5:12<\/span>). The form of these trumpets is supposed to be much like ours of this day.<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>II. <\/strong>Who were to make use of them. Not any inferior person; but the priests themselves, the sons of Aaron (<span class='bible'>Num 10:8<\/span>). As great as they were, they must not think it a disparagement to them to be trumpeters in the house of God; the meanest office there was honourable<strong>. <\/strong>This signified that the Lords ministers should lift up their voice like a trumpet, to show people their sins (<span class='bible'>Isa 58:1<\/span>), and to call them to Christ (<span class='bible'>Isa 27:13<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong><br \/>III. <\/strong>Upon what occasions the trumpets were to be sounded.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1. <\/strong>For<strong> <\/strong>the calling of assemblies (<span class='bible'>Num 10:2<\/span>). Thus they are bid to blow the trumpet in Zion, for the calling of a solemn assembly together, to sanctify a fast (<span class='bible'>Joe 2:13<\/span>). Public notice ought to be given of the time and place of religious assemblies, for the invitation to the benefit of ordinances in general. Whoever will, let him come. Wisdom cries in the chief places of concourse. But that the trumpet might not; give an uncertain sound, they are directed, if only the princes and elders were to meet, to blow only one of the trumpets; less should serve to call them together who ought to be examples of forwardness in anything that is good. But if the body of the people were to be called together, both the trumpets must be sounded, that they might be the farther heard. In allusion to this, they are said to be blessed that hear the joyful sound (<span class='bible'>Psa 89:15<\/span>), <em>i<\/em>.<em>e., <\/em>that are invited and called upon to wait upon God in public ordinances (<span class='bible'>Psa 122:1<\/span>). And the general assembly at the great day will be summoned by the sound of the archangels trumpet (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:34<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2. <\/strong>For the journeying of the camps; to give notice when each squadron must move, for no mans voice could reach to give the word of command. Soldiers with us, that are well disciplined, may be exercised by beat of drum. When the trumpets were blown for this purpose they must sound an alarm (<span class='bible'>Num 10:5<\/span>), a broken, quavering, interrupted sound, which was proper to excite and encourage the minds of people in the marches against their enemies; whereas a continued equal sound was more proper for the calling of the assembly together (<span class='bible'>Num 10:7<\/span>). Yet when the people were called together to deprecate Gods judgments we find an alarm sounded (<span class='bible'>Joe 2:3<\/span>). At the first sounding, Judahs squadron marched; at the second, Reubens; at the third, Ephraims; at the fourth, Dans (<span class='bible'>Num 10:5-6<\/span>). And some think this was intended to sanctify their marches; for this was proclaimed by the priests, who were Gods mouth to the people, not only the Divine orders given them to move, but the Divine blessing upon them in all their motions. He that hath ears let him hear that God is with them of a truth.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3. <\/strong>For the animating and encouraging of their armies when they went out to battle (<span class='bible'>Num 10:9<\/span>). If ye go to war blow with the trumpets; signifying thereby your appeal to Heaven, for the decision of the controversy, and your prayer to God to give you victory; and God will own this His own institution, and you shall be remembered before the Lord your God. God will take notice of this sound of the trumpet, and be engaged to fight their battles; and let all the people take notice of it, and be encouraged to fight His; as David, when he heard a sound of a going upon the tops of the mulberry-trees. Not that God needed to be awaked by sound of trumpet, no more than Christ needed to be awaked by His disciples in the storm (<span class='bible'>Mat 8:25<\/span>), but where He intends mercy it is His will that we should solicit for it. Ministers must stir up the good soldiers of Jesus Christ to fight manfully against sin, the world, and the devil, by assuring them that Christ is the Captain of their salvation, and will tread Satan under their feet.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4. <\/strong>For the solemnising of their sacred feasts (<span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span>). One of their feasts was called the feast of trumpets (<span class='bible'>Lev 23:23-24<\/span>). And it should seem they were thus to grace the solemnity of all their feasts (<span class='bible'>Psa 81:3<\/span>), and their sacrifices (<span class='bible'>2Ch 29:27<\/span>), to intimate with what joy and delight they performed their duty to God, and to raise the minds of those that attend the services to a holy triumph in the God they worshipped. And then their performances were for a memorial before God; for then He takes pleasure in our religious exercises when we take pleasure in them. Holy work should be done with holy joy. (<em>Matthew Henry, D. D.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>Significance of the silver trumpet<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It<em> <\/em>is the voice of Him who came preaching peace, the proclamation of those of whom the prophet speaks (<span class='bible'>Isa 52:7<\/span>). For just as the two silver trumpets entered into every part of Israels life, and their varied notes were always adapted to Israels wants and position, so it is with the gospel. Its awakening power, its soothing promises, its sanctifying influence, is meant to consecrate every act of our lives, and move every thought of our hearts. Did the sound of the silver trumpets call the slothful or backsliding Israel to the tabernacle of the congregation, either to hear the will of God announced by Moses, or to worship? So does the voice of Jesus in the gospel invite us into the presence of God. It says to the slumbering heart, Awake, thou that sleepest, &amp;c. It says to the fearful and desponding, Come boldly unto the throne of grace, &amp;c. It says to the backsliding and to the guilty conscience, Return unto the Lord thy God; for thou hast fallen by thy iniquity. It says, again, Behold, I stand at the door and knock, &amp;c. Did the sound of the silver trumpets bid Israel arise and follow the pillar of fire and cloud which went before them? So does the voice of Jesus bid us arise and journey onward. When our hearts are entangled by the secret influences of the world&#8211;when we begin to take up our rest in the love of the creature&#8211;then there is a still small voice full of warning, Arise ye, and depart, for this is not your rest; it is polluted. Whensoever we rest contented with low attainments, losing sight of Him to whose image we ought to be conformed, the silver trumpets sound, bidding us press toward the mark for the prize of our high calling in Christ Jesus. As, too, Israel of old was called to engage in warfare with their enemies and Gods, and one use of the silver trumpets was to summon them to preparation and to the field of battle, so has the Israel of God now a great conflict to engage in&#8211;a conflict with enemies seen and unseen, and the unseen more powerful than the seen. Yet, how seldom do we realise as we ought the greatness of the conflict, and the power of our spiritual enemies! and, consequently, we are too often off our guard. Hence it is that the silver trumpets are needed to summon us to the conflict. We require to be summoned to endure hardness, as good soldiers of Christ Jesus (<span class='bible'>2Ti 2:3<\/span>), that we may not, like Israel of old, turn back in the day of battle, but may feel and exclaim with David (<span class='bible'>Psa 18:32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 18:34-35<\/span>). And, once more, were the silver trumpets needed to consecrate all Israels offerings, that they might be a memorial before the Lord? Oh, still more is it the gospel of Christ that does and can consecrate all acts of life and of worship! It is the word, too, of the gospel which explains to us the means of approach to God, and, still more, prepares our hearts for that communion. We should listen to the sound or the silver trumpet in every act of life, in every prayer, and over every offering. With this everything will become a memorial before the Lord. (<em>G. Wagner.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong>The trumpet gospel:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>One of the good doctors whom I often heard in my boyhood had a voice like the distant rolling of thunder. He exchanged pulpits with a neighbour, whose voice was peculiarly effeminate. It was a little voice, and withal quite musical. The doctor returned to his own congregation for the evening service. Arising in his place, he commenced with this preface, My friends, you have to-day heard the gospel through a silver trumpet; but to-night you must hear it through a rams horn. Alas! how many are charmed with the silver trumpet! Sweet morsels, drops of honey-dew, like globules of sugar-coated opiates, form the only compound suited to their taste. Peel it, pare it, smooth it, trim it! is their cry, take away from it those distorted and hideous features! Fashion it, form it, compound with it some thrilling narrative, some pleasant story, and we will receive it. In other words, make it anything but the plain simple gospel, and it may become palatable. We have advanced to a strange pass in our tastes touching the gospel of the Son of God. (<em>Buffalo Christian Advertiser.<\/em>)<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Biblical Illustrator Edited by Joseph S. Exell<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\"> CHAPTER X <\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Moses is commanded to make two<\/I> silver <I>trumpets for calling the<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>assembly<\/I>, 1, 2.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>On what occasions these trumpets should be sounded<\/I>. First, <I>for<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>calling the assembly to the door of the tabernacle<\/I>, 3.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  Secondly, <I>to summon the princes and captains of the thousands<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of Israel<\/I>, 4.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  Thirdly, <I>to make the<\/I> eastern <I>camps strike their tents<\/I>, 5.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  Fourthly, <I>to make those on the<\/I> south <I>do the like<\/I>, 6.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>No alarm to be sounded when the<\/I> congregation <I>only is to be<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>assembled<\/I>, 7.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>The sons of Aaron alone shall sound these trumpets, it shall be<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>a perpetual ordinance<\/I>, 8.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  Fifthly, <I>the trumpets are to be sounded in the time of war<\/I>, 9.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  Sixthly, <I>on festival occasions<\/I>, 10<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>On the<\/I> twentieth <I>day of the<\/I> second <I>month, in the<\/I> second <I>year,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>the Israelites began their journey from the wilderness of<\/I> Sinai,<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>and came to the wilderness of<\/I> Paran, 11, 12.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>By the commandment of God to Moses the first division, at the<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>head of which was the standard of<\/I> JUDAH, <I>marched, first<\/I>, 13, 14.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Under him followed the tribe of<\/I> ISSACHAR, 15;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and after them the tribe of<\/I> ZEBULUN, 16.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Then the Gershonites and Merarites followed with the tabernacle<\/I>, 17.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>At the head of the second division was the standard and camp of<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   REUBEN, 18;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and under him were that of<\/I> SIMEON, 19;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and that of<\/I> GAD, 20.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Next followed the<\/I> Kohathites <I>bearing the sanctuary<\/I>, 21.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Then followed the<\/I> third division, <I>at the head of which was the<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>standard of the camp of<\/I> EPHRAIM, 22;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and under him<\/I> MANASSEH, 23;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and<\/I> BENJAMIN, 24.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>At the head of the<\/I> fourth division <I>was the standard of the camp<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of<\/I> DAN, 25;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and under him<\/I> ASHER, 26;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and<\/I> NAPHTALI, 27.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>This was their ordinary method of marching in the wilderness<\/I>, 28.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Moses entreats<\/I> Hobab <I>the Midianite to accompany them through the<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>wilderness<\/I>, 29.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>He refuses<\/I>, 30.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>Moses continues and strengthens his entreaties with reasonings<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>and promises<\/I>, 31, 32.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>They depart from Sinai three days&#8217; journey<\/I>, 33.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>The cloud accompanies them by day and night<\/I>, 34.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>The words used by Moses when the ark set forward<\/I>, 35,<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and when it rested<\/I>, 36. <\/P> <P>                     NOTES ON CHAP. X<\/P><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Adam Clarke&#8217;s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>And the Lord spake unto Moses<\/strong>,&#8230;. When the following directions concerning the trumpets were given is not certain; it may he at the time when the order of the camps of Israel was fixed, and is here recorded before the journeying of them, which was one use they were to be put unto, <span class='bible'>Nu 10:2<\/span>;<\/p>\n<p><strong>saying<\/strong>; as follows.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Gill&#8217;s Exposition of the Entire Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> The Silver Signal-Trumpets. &#8211; Although God Himself appointed the time for removal and encampment by the movement of the cloud of His presence, signals were also requisite for ordering and conducting the march of so numerous a body, by means of which Moses, as commander-in-chief, might make known his commands to the different divisions of the camp. To this end God directed him to prepare two silver trumpets of beaten work (<em> mikshah <\/em>, see <span class='bible'>Exo 25:18<\/span>), which should serve &ldquo;for the calling of the assembly, and for the breaking up of the camps,&rdquo; i.e., which were to be used for this purpose. The form of these trumpets is not further described. No doubt they were straight, not curved, as we may infer both from the representation of these trumpets on the triumphal arch of Titus at Rome, and also from the fact, that none but straight trumpets occur on the old Egyptian monuments (see my Arch. ii. p. 187). With regard to the use of them for calling the congregation, the following directions are given in <span class='bible'>Num 10:3<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Num 10:4<\/span>: &ldquo;<em> When they shall blow with them<\/em> (i.e., with both), <em> the whole congregation<\/em> (in all its representatives) <em> shall assemble at the door of the tabernacle; if they blow with only one, the princes or heads of the families of Israel shall assemble together<\/em>.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Keil &amp; Delitzsch Commentary on the Old Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><TABLE BORDER=\"0\" CELLPADDING=\"1\" CELLSPACING=\"0\"> <TR> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"LEFT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in;font-weight: normal;text-decoration: none\"> <span style='font-size:1.25em;line-height:1em'><I><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\">The Moving of the Camp.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/I><\/span><\/P> <\/TD> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"RIGHT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in\"> <SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-style: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-weight: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\">B. C.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-style: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-weight: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"> 1490.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/P> <\/TD> <\/TR>  <\/TABLE> <P>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; 1 And the <B>LORD<\/B> spake unto Moses, saying, &nbsp; 2 Make thee two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece shalt thou make them: that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps. &nbsp; 3 And when they shall blow with them, all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. &nbsp; 4 And if they blow <I>but<\/I> with one <I>trumpet,<\/I> then the princes, <I>which are<\/I> heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee. &nbsp; 5 When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east parts shall go forward. &nbsp; 6 When ye blow an alarm the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarm for their journeys. &nbsp; 7 But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm. &nbsp; 8 And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be to you for an ordinance for ever throughout your generations. &nbsp; 9 And if ye go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets; and ye shall be remembered before the <B>LORD<\/B> your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. &nbsp; 10 Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God: I <I>am<\/I> the <B>LORD<\/B> your God.<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; We have here directions concerning the public notices that were to be given to the people upon several occasions by sound of trumpet. In a thing of this nature, one would think, Moses needed not to have been taught of God: his own reason might teach him the conveniency of trumpets; but the constitution of Israel was to be in every thing divine, and therefore even in this matter, small as it seems. Moses is here directed, 1. About the making of them. They must be made of silver; not cast but of beaten work (as some read it), the matter and shape, no doubt, very fit for the purpose. He was now ordered to make but two, because there were but two priests to use them. But in Solomon&#8217;s time we read of 120 <I>priests sounding with trumpets,<\/I><span class='bible'><I> 2 Chron. v. 12<\/I><\/span>. The form of these trumpets is supposed to have been much like ours at this day. 2. Who were to make use of them; not any inferior person, but the priests themselves, the <I>sons of Aaron,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 8<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. As great as they were, they must not think it a disparagement to them to be trumpeters in the house of God; the meanest office there was honourable. This signified that the Lord&#8217;s ministers should <I>lift up their voice like a trumpet,<\/I> to show people their sins (<span class='bible'>Isa. lviii. 1<\/span>), to call them to Christ, <span class='bible'>Isa. xxvii. 13<\/span>. 3. Upon what occasions the trumpets were to be sounded. (1.) For the <I>calling of assemblies,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 2<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. Thus they are told to blow the trumpet in Zion for the calling of a solemn assembly together, to sanctify a fast, <span class='bible'>Joel ii. 15<\/span>. Public notice ought to be given of the time and place of religious assemblies; for the invitation to the benefit or ordinances is general: <I>whoever will, let him come.<\/I> wisdom cries in the chief places of concourse. But, that the trumpet might not <I>give an uncertain sound,<\/I> they are directed, if only the princes and elders were to meet, to blow but one of the trumpets; less should serve to call <I>them<\/I> together, who ought to be examples of forwardness in any thing that is good: but, if the body of the people were to be called together, both the trumpets must be sounded, that they might be heard at the greater distance. In allusion to this, they are said to be blessed that <I>hear the joyful sound<\/I> (<span class='bible'>Ps. lxxxix. 15<\/span>), that is, that are invited and called upon to wait upon God in public ordinances, <span class='bible'>Ps. cxxii. 1<\/span>. And the general assembly at the great day will be summoned by <I>the sound of the archangel&#8217;s trumpet,<\/I><span class='bible'><I> Matt. xxiv. 31<\/I><\/span>. (2.) For the <I>journeying of the camps,<\/I> to give notice when each squadron must move; for no man&#8217;s voice could reach to give the word of command: soldiers with us that are well disciplined may be exercised by beat of drums. When the trumpets were blown for this purpose, they must<I>sound an alarm<\/I> (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 5<\/span>), a broken, quavering, interrupted sound, which was proper to excite and encourage the minds of people in their marches against their enemies; whereas a continued equal sound was more proper for the calling of the assembly together (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 7<\/span>): yet when the people were called together to deprecate God&#8217;s judgments we find an alarm sounded, <span class='bible'>Joel ii. 1<\/span>. At the first sounding, Judah&#8217;s squadron marched, at the second Reuben&#8217;s, at the third Ephraim&#8217;s, at the fourth Dan&#8217;s, <span class='bible'>Num 10:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Num 10:6<\/span>. And some think that this was intended to sanctify their marches, for thus were proclaimed by the priests, who were God&#8217;s mouth to the people, not only the divine orders given them to move, but the divine blessing upon them in all their motions. He that hath ears, let him hear that <I>God is with them of a truth.<\/I> King Abijah valued himself and his army very much upon this (<span class='bible'>2 Chron. xiii. 12<\/span>), <I>God himself is with us for our captain and his priests with sounding trumpets.<\/I> (3.) For the animating and encouraging of their armies, when they went out in battle (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 9<\/span>): &#8220;<I>If you go to war, blow with the trumpets,<\/I> signifying thereby your appeal to heaven for the decision of the controversy, and your prayer to God to give you victory; and God will own this his own institution, and <I>you shall be remembered before the Lord your God.<\/I>&#8221; God will take notice of this sound of the trumpet, and be engaged to fight their battles, and let all the people take notice of it, and be encouraged to fight his, as David, when he heard <I>a sound of a going upon the tops of the mulberry trees.<\/I> Not that God needed to be awaked by sound of trumpet any more than Christ needed to be awaked by his disciples in the storm, <span class='bible'>Matt. viii. 25<\/span>. But where he intends mercy it is his will that we should solicit it; ministers must stir up the good soldiers of Jesus Christ to fight manfully against sin, the world, and the devil, by assuring them that Christ is the <I>captain of their salvation,<\/I> and will <I>tread Satan under their feet.<\/I> (4.) For the solemnizing of their sacred feasts, <span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 10<\/span>. One of their feasts was called <I>a memorial of the blowing of trumpets,<\/I><span class='bible'><I> Lev. xxiii. 23<\/I><\/span>, c. And it should seem they were thus to grace the solemnity of all their feasts (<span class='bible'>Ps. lxxxi. 3<\/span>), and their sacrifices (<span class='bible'>2 Chron. xxix. 27<\/span>), to intimate with what joy and delight they performed their duty to God, and to raise the minds of those that attended the services to a holy triumph in the God they worshipped. And then their performances were for a <I>memorial before God<\/I> for he takes pleasure in our religious exercises when we take pleasure in them. Holy work should be done with holy joy.<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Matthew Henry&#8217;s Whole Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p style='margin-left:6.955em'><strong>NUMBERS-CHAPTER TEN<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Verses 1-10:<\/p>\n<p><strong>The text defines the occasions for blowing the trumpets. <\/strong>This is not the same as that recorded in Le 25:9, where the instruments were of different shape, material, and purpose.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Trumpet,&#8221; <strong>chatsotserah, <\/strong>a long, straight, narrow instrument with an expanded bell or &#8220;mouth.&#8221; In this text, each trumpet was made of a single piece of silver, beaten and shaped into the desired form.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.03em'><strong>The purpose of sounding these two trumpets:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. <strong>To assemble the whole congregation <\/strong>of Israel before the Tabernacle. Evidently both trumpets were used for this occasion.<\/p>\n<p>2. <strong>To assemble the princes only, <\/strong>by the sound of only one trumpet<\/p>\n<p>3. <strong>To alert and ready the people for traveling. At the first sound <\/strong>or &#8220;alarm,&#8221; <strong>teruah, those camped to the east <\/strong>of the Tabernacle <strong>moved out. At the sound of the second, those to the south <\/strong>of the Tabernacle began their march. The text implies, and the Septuagint inserts in verse 6, <strong>that those to the west and the north followed in like order.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Different notes or cadences were sounded for each of the different occasions.<\/p>\n<p>The sons of Aaron, the priests, <strong>were in charge of sounding the silver trumpets.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Verse 9 provides that use of the trumpets was to be continued after Israel had settled in the Land. Likely, additional instruments were then provided.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.025em'><strong>The silver trumpets were to be sounded:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:2.01em'>(1) <strong>To mobilize the military forces <\/strong>in event of enemy attack;<\/p>\n<p>(2) <strong>On special national holidays <\/strong>which were also observed with religious services;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.975em'>(3) <strong>At the beginning of each month;<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>(4) <strong>In conjunction With the Burnt Offerings and Peace Offerings, <\/strong>Nu 28:11-23.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God,&#8221; implies that one purpose of the blowing of the silver trumpets was to remind God of His covenant, and to invoke His mercy and grace.<\/p>\n<p><strong><\/strong><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <span><\/span><strong>MARCHING AND MURMURING<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Numbers, Chapters 1-19.<\/p>\n<p>THE Book of Leviticus is hard to outline and to interpret. It is lengthy, and introduces so much of detail of law and ceremony that its analysis is accomplished with difficulty. And yet Leviticus took but thirty days to declare and put its every precept into actual practice. In that respect the Book of Numbers quite contrasts its predecessor. It covers a period of not less than thirty-eight years, and the plan of the volume is simple. Four keywords compass the nineteen chapters proposed for this mornings study. They are words necessitated by the wilderness experience. Leviticus sets up a sanctuary and a form of service; but in Numbers, we read of men of war, of armies, of standards, of camps, and trumpets sounding aloud. Through all of this, these key-words keep their way, and the mere mention of them will aid us in an orderly study of the first half of the volume; while we will not be able to dispense with them when we come to the analysis and study of the latter half. I refer to the terms mustering, marching, murmuring, and mercy.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong>MUSTERING<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The first nine chapters of Numbers have to do almost entirely with the mustering. Chapters one and two are given to arranging the regiment, as we saw in our former study:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>And the Lord spake unto Moses in the wilderness of Sinai, in the tabernacle of the congregation, on the first day of the second month, in the second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying,<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Take ye the sum of all the congregation of the Children of Israel, after their families, by the house of their fathers, with the number of their names, every male by their polls;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>From twenty years old and upward, all that are able to go forth to war in Israel: thou and Aaron shall number them by their armies.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And with you there shall be a man of every tribe; every one head of the house of his fathers. * *<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>As the Lord commanded Moses, so he numbered them in the wilderness of Sinai. * *<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war. * *<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And the Lord spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, Every man of the Children of Israel shall pitch by his own standard (<span class='bible'><em>Num 1:1-4<\/em><\/span><em>; <span class='bible'><em>Num 1:19-20<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>; <span class='bible'><em>Num 2:1-2<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>After all the centuries and even the millenniums that have come in between the day of Numbers and our day, wherein have men improved upon Gods plan of mustering armies and arranging regiments? True, we permit our boys to enter the service younger than twenty, but we make a mistake, as many a war-wrecked youth has illustrated. True, we make up our regiments of men who are strangers to each other, and in whose veins no kindred blood is flowing. But such an aggregation will never represent the strength, nor exhibit the courage that the tribal regiment evinces in fight. The almost successful rebellion of our Southern States demonstrated this. Our standard speaks of the nation, and appeals to the patriotic in men. Their standard represented the family and addressed itself to domestic pride and passion. It is well to remember, however, that the primary purpose of these Old Testament symbols is the impression of spiritual truths. And the lesson in this arranging of regiments is the one of being able to declare our spiritual genealogy, and our religious standard.<\/p>\n<p>Every Israelite, when he was polled, was put in position to declare his paternity and point unmistakably to his standard; and no Christians should be satisfied until they can say with John, <em>Now are we the sons of God,<\/em> because we have discovered that <em>the Spirit Himself beareth witness with our spirit that we are the sons of God.<\/em> And no standard should ever be accepted as sufficient other than that which has been set up for us in the Word. Long ago God said, <em>Behold I will lift up Mine hand to the Gentiles, and set up My standard to the people,<\/em> and in Christ Jesus He has accomplished that; and every one of us ought to be able to say with C. H. M., Our theology is the Bible; our church organization is the one Body, formed by the presence of the Holy Ghost, and united to the living and exalted Head in the Heavens. To contend for anything less than this is entirely below the mark of a true spiritual warrior.<\/p>\n<p>Chapters three and four contain the appointment of the Priests. When Moses numbered the people, <em>the Levites after the tribe of their fathers were not numbered (<span class='bible'><em>Num 1:47<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em> God had for them a particular place in the army, and a peculiar part to take in this onward march. Their place was roundabout the tabernacle, at the center of the host, and their office was the charge of all the vessels thereof, and over all the things that belonged to it. They were to bear the tabernacle, to minister in the tabernacle, to encamp roundabout it; to take it down when they were ready to set forth; and when the army halted in a new place, they were to set it up <em>(chap. 2). <\/em>In one sense they were not soldiers; in another they were the very captains and leaders of Jehovahs army. Their men from twenty to fifty were not armed and made ready for the shedding of blood, but they were set in charge of that symbol of Jehovahs presence without which Israels overthrow would have been instantaneous, and Israels defeat effectual. The worlds most holy men have always been, will always remain, its best warriors. The Sunday School teachers of the land fight the battles that make for peace more effectually than the nations constabulary; while the ministers of the Gospel, together with all their confederatesconscientious laymenput more things to rights and keep the peace better than the police force of all towns and cities. Every believer is a priest unto God. We should be profoundly impressed with the position we occupy in the great army which is fighting for a better civilization, and with the responsibility that rests upon us in the bringing in of a reign of righteousness.<\/p>\n<p>Chapters five to nine, we have said, relate themselves <strong>to the establishment of army regulations.<\/strong> They impose purity of life upon every member who remains in the camp; they require restitution of any property falsely appropriated; they insist upon the strictest integrity of the home-life, and they declare the vows, offerings, and ceremonies suited to impress the necessity of the keeping of all these commands. In this there are two suggestions for the present time, namely, the place that discipline has in a well-organized army and the prominence it ought to be given in the true Church of God. That modern custom of making a hero of every man who smells the smoke of battle, and the complimentary one of excoriating every moral teacher who insists that even men of war are amenable to the civilities of life and ought to be compelled to regard them, has filled the ranks of too many standing armies with immoral men and swung public opinion too far into line with that servile press which indulges the habit of condoning, yea, even of commending, an army code that makes for criminal culture.<\/p>\n<p>Sometime ago I went, in company with a veteran of 61 to 66, to hold a little service at the grave of two of his comrades. On our way we met another veteran of that bloody war, and as we looked into his bloated face, and listened to his drunken words, this clean, sober, Christian ex-soldier uttered some things about the necessity of better discipline in the army that were worthy of repetition, and ought to be heard by those officials who have it in their power to aid the young men of our present army to keep the commandments of God; but who too often lead them by example and precept to an utter repudiation of the same.<\/p>\n<p>But the Church of God is Jehovahs army, and if we expect civilities from the unregenerate, we have a right to demand righteousness of the professedly redeemed. Much as discipline did for the purity and power of Israel, if rightly employed, it would accomplish even more for the purity and power of the present organized body of believers. Baron Stowe, a long time Bostons model pastor, in his Memoirs says, touching the importance of strict discipline, A church cannot prosper that connives at sin in its members; and that charity which shrinks from plain, faithful dealing with offenders, is false charity, and deeply injurious. A straightforward course in discipline, in accordance with the rules laid down by the Saviour, is the only one that will insure His approbation. Any serious student of the Scriptures must be often and profoundly impressed with the parallelisms, and even perfect agreements, of the Old Testament teachings with those of the New. Touching discipline, the Lord said unto Joshua,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Israel hath sinned, and they have also transgressed My covenant, which I commanded them: for they have even taken of the accursed thing, and have also stolen, and dissembled also, and they have put it even among their own stuff.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Therefore the Children of Israel could not stand before their enemies, but turned their backs before their enemies, because they were accursed: neither will I be with you any more, except ye destroy the accursed thing from among you (<span class='bible'><em>Jos 7:11-12<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>When Paul found in the Corinthian Church a similar condition of transgression, he wrote,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>But now I have written unto you not to keep company, if any man that is called a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a railer, or a drunkard, or an extortioner; with such an one no not to eat. * * Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person (<span class='bible'><em>1Co 5:11<\/em><\/span><\/em><em> f).<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>MARCH<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The tenth chapter and thirty-third verse sets our organized army into motion. <em>And they departed from the mount of the Lord, three days journey. <\/em>Touching this march there are three things suggested by the Scripture, each of which is of the utmost importance.<\/p>\n<p>First of all it <strong>was begun at Gods signal.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>And it came to pass on the twentieth day of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And the Children of Israel took their journeys out of the wilderness of Sinai; and the cloud rested in the wilderness of Paran.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And they first took their journey according to the commandment of the Lord, by the hand of Moses (<span class='bible'><em>Num 10:11-13<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>Going back to the beginning of this tenth chapter you will find that the priests were to assemble the armies with the silver trumpets. A single blast called together the princesheads of the thousands of Israel. When they blew an alarm, the camps that lay on the East went forward. A second alarm summoned the camps from the South, and an additional blast brought the congregation together. The same God at whose signal Israel was to march, speaks in trumpet tones by His Spirit, and through the Word, to the present Church militant. When whole congregations go sadly wrong, much of the trouble will be found with the men whose business it is to. use the silver trumpet, and thereby voice the mind of God. Too many preachers have been snubbed into silence or cowed to uncertain sounds. The silver trumpets through which they ought to call the people to battle have been plugged up with gold pieces, and in all too many instances they are afraid to blow an alarm, calling to the camps that lie on the East, lest when they sound the second, those that lie on the South should refuse to respond.<\/p>\n<p>Joseph Parker suggests that when ministers become the trumpeters of society again, there will be a mighty awakening in the whole nation. In Italy they have a saying to this effect, There has never been a revolution in Europe without a Monk at the bottom of it. And when the ministers of the Gospel of Jesus Christ faithfully fill up their offices, there will never be a division of Gods army, marching Canaan-ward, without a preacher at the head of it; and he will not be a man who has accommodated himself to the cry of the times in which we live <em>Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits,<\/em> but rather one who will sound the alarm of Divine command, and whose word will be to the people, Gods signal. Every element of success enters into that assurance which comes from a conviction that one is marching according to the Divine command. The reason why public opinion, almost insuperable obstacles, and even royal counsellors, could not turn Joan of Arc from her purpose, existed in the fact that she kept hearing a voice saying, Daughter of God, go on, go on! And if we will listen, there is a voice behind us saying, <em>This is the way, walk ye in it.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>In this march Gods leadership was sought.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>And it came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And when it rested he said, Return, O Lord, unto the many thousands of Israel (<span class='bible'><em>Num 10:33<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>There is a simplicity and a sincerity in that prayer which is truly refreshing. There are plenty of men who consult their circumstances; who take into account all the factors that can affect the march of life, and who try to keep as their constant guide a well-balanced intellect; but Moses preferred God. He esteemed His presence above all favorable conditions, and above the highest human judgment. And the man who rises up in the morning, offering his prayer to God to be guided for that day, and who, when he lies down at night, prays again, <em>Return, O Lord, unto me, and watch over my slumber, <\/em>is the man who has no occasion to fear because even the fiercest foe will fall before him.<\/p>\n<p>Lewis Albert Banks says that about the year 1600 a man by the name of Heddinger was chaplain to the Duke of Wartenberg. The Duke was a wayward, wicked man. Heddinger was one of these genuine, faithful souls like John the Baptist who would stand for the right and God. He rebuked the Duke for his great sins. This terribly enraged his Honor, and he sent for the brave chaplain thinking to punish him. Heddinger came from his closet of prayer with his face beaming. The Duke, seeing the shine in every feature, realized that he was enjoying the actual presence of the Lord, and after putting to him the question, Why did you not come alone? sent him away unharmed. Ah, beloved, whether we be on the march or at rest; whether we be fighting the battles of life or enjoying its victories; whether we be proclaiming the truth or are on trial for having taught it, we have no business being alone, for we seek the Divine presence. The Lord will lead us in the march and lift over us His banner when we lie down to rest.<\/p>\n<p>Nor can one follow this march without being impressed with the fact that God was guiding His people Canaan-ward. By consulting a good map you will see that the line from Sinai to Kadesh-Barnea was as direct as the lay of the land made possible. God never takes men by circuitous routes. These come in consequence of leaving the straight and narrow way for the more attractive but uncertain one of by-path meadow. Had they remained faithful to Divine leadership, forty days would have brought the whole company into Canaan. But when, through the discouragement of false reporters, they turned southward, putting their backs to God, they plunged into the wilderness fox a wandering of forty years, and even worse, to perish there without ever seeing the Land of Promise. What a lesson here for us! There is a sense in which every man determines his own destiny. It is within our power to trust to Divine leadership and enjoy it, and it is equally within our power to mistrust it, and lose it. One commenting upon this says, Israel declared that God had brought them into the wilderness to die there; and He took them at their word. Joshua and Caleb declared that He was able to bring them into the land, and He took them at their word. <em>According to your faith be it unto you.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong>MURMURING<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The eleventh chapter sounds for us a sad note. There the people fall to petty complaints and criticisms. <em>And when the people complained.<\/em> There are those who can complain without occasion. Criticism is the cheapest of intellectual commodities. And yet the critic always has a reason for his complaint, and however he may seek to hide the real cause, God is an expert in uncovering it. Here He lays it to the mixed multitude that was among themthey fell a lusting. That mixed multitude (or great mixture is the word in the original) consisted of Egyptians and others who had come out of Egypt with Israel, and whose Egyptian tastes were not being satisfied by enforced marches, holy services and manna from on High. It is a good thing to get Israel out of Egypt, to get the Church of God out of the world; but it is an essential thing also to get Egypt out of Israel, the unregenerate out of the Church of God, for if you do not they will fall a lusting, and the first complaint they will make is touching the food divinely provided for them. The Gospel of Jesus ChristGods provided mannanever did satisfy an unregenerate man, and it never will. What he wants is the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlick. Yes, even the garlick of the world; and when you set before him manna, he insists that his soul is dried away.<\/p>\n<p>I went to talk with a mother about her little daughters uniting with the church. She told me that she was opposed to it; and when I asked her why, she boldly replied that she united with the church herself when she was young, and thereby denied herself all the pleasures of the world. She had never ceased to regret it, and she proposed to save her girl from a similar experience. A lusting for the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlick! If such is ones feeling, just as well go back to the world! It does not make an Egyptian an Israelite to go over into that camp, and it does not make an unregenerate man a Christian because you write his name on the church book.<\/p>\n<p>This spirit of criticism spread to the officials and leaders. <em>And Miriam and Aaron spake against Moses because of the Ethiopian woman whom he had married.<\/em> Their complaint was slightly different from that of the mixed multitude, but directed against the same man.<\/p>\n<p>From the complaint of these leading officials the trouble spread, and when the ten spies rendered their report of the land which God had promised, the whole congregation broke into revolt. That was the opportunity that Korah and Dathan and Abiram and On took advantage of.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>And they rose up before Moses, with certain of the Children of Israel, two hundred and fifty princes of the assembly, famous in the congregation, men of renown.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron, and said unto them, Ye take too much upon you, seeing all the congregation are holy, every one of them, and the Lord is among them; wherefore then lift ye up yourselves above the congregation of the Lord? (<span class='bible'><em>Num 16:2-3<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>Here is the new complaint of the critics! Moses is domineering; his administration is that of a one-man power. He has not given sufficient attention to the princes of the assembly, and to the chief members of the congregation.<\/p>\n<p>This is no ancient story. From that hour until this, the Church of God, whether in the form of Israel or that of the body of baptized believers, has experienced the same rebellion with the same reasons assigned. In Pauls day the Church at Corinth had to be counselled by the great Apostle and the members thereof reminded that they were of one body. The feet are enjoined not to complain of the hands, and the ear not to criticise the eye, and the eye not to envy the hand, nor yet the head the feet, that there should be no schism in the body, since when one member suffers, all the members suffer with it, and when one member is honored all the members should rejoice with it. In our own day the chief men have sometimes set aside the servant of God. Dr. Jonathan Edwards, once a man of the highest education and personal culture, honored by the members of his profession for his spirituality, and for the success that had attended his ministry, was set aside because he interfered with the Egyptian desires of the children of certain chief men of his congregation. Years ago, in New York, Americas most famous pastor and preacher, after passing through a series of sicknesses and bereavements in his family, came to the thirtieth anniversary of his pastorate to find himself retired from office by a few of the officials of the church who were influential. His reinstatement by the body at large came too late to save him from the collapse that attended this severe experience. A New York correspondent, writing of this, said, Such action makes every pastor in New York City feel sick at heart.<\/p>\n<p>Attend to the way Moses met this! If the ministers of the present time learned his way, their course would be a more courageous one and their burdens better borne. <em>Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the Children of Israel<\/em> <em>(<span class='bible'><em>Num 14:5<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em> That is the way he met the first rebellion. When the rebellion of Korah came, it is written, <em>And when Moses heard it, he fell upon his face<\/em>. <em>And he spake unto Korah and unto all his company, saying, Even to morrow the Lord will show who are His<\/em> <em>(<span class='bible'><em>Num 16:4-5<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em> We may suggest here, prayer to God, the best possible reply to complaints and criticisms. If one has been guilty of that charged against him, such prayer will bring him to a knowledge of his guilt and give him an opportunity to correct it; and if he has not been guilty, such prayer will cause God to lift him up and establish his going, and put into his mouth a song.<\/p>\n<p>Constantine the Great was one day looking at some statues of famed persons, and noting that they were all in standing position, he said, When mine is made Id like it in kneeling posture, for it is by going down before God I have risen to any eminence. Moses has taught us how to conquer all complaint, and all criticism, and come off victorious by falling on our faces and waiting until God shows who are His.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong>MERCY<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The conclusion of this study presents a precious thought; in the midst of judgment, mercy appears.<\/p>\n<p>At Moses intercession, God removes His hand. Every time there is a rebellion, and judgment is visited upon the people, Moses appears as intercessor, and <em>when the people fell to lusting for the leeks, and the onions of Egypt, Moses cried unto God, Wherefore hast Thou afflicted Thy servant? and wherefore have I not found favour in Thy sight, that Thou layest the burden of all this people upon me? <\/em>Their cries were the anguish of his soul! When Miriam and Aaron were in sedition against their brother, it was Moses who interceded, saying, <em>Heal her now, O God, I beseech Thee.<\/em> And when the whole congregation lifted up their voices of murmuring at the report of the spies, Moses was on his face again in such an intercessory prayer as you could scarce find on another page of sacred Scripture. He was ready to die himself, if they could not be delivered and when Korah and his company attempted his overthrow, he plead with God until the plague was stayed. Therein is an example for every true Christian man.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath, for it is written, Vengeance is Mine; I will repay, saith the Lord;<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink. * *<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.<\/p>\n<p>This is what Christ said,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Love your enemies, bless them that curse you; do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despite fully use you and persecute you, that you may be the children of your Father which is in Heaven (<span class='bible'><em>Mat 5:44-45<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>The richest symbol of Gods mercy is seen in this nineteenth chapterthe red heifer! She was preeminently the type of Gods provision against the defilement of the wilderness experience. She prefigured the death of Christ as the purification for sin and contained the promise of Gods mercy toward all men, however dreadful their rebellion or deep their stains. Who can read this nineteenth chapter and remember how this offering of the red heifer covers the most grievous sin of man without seeing how great is Gods mercy, and how Divine is His example. Henry Van Dyke says, When we see God forgiving all men who have sinned against Him, sparing them in his mercy, * * let us take the gracious lesson of forgiveness to our hearts. Why should we hate like Satan when we may forgive like God? Why should we cherish malice, envy, and all uncharitableness in our breasts? I know that some people use us despitefully and show themselves our enemies, but why should we fill our hearts with their bitterness and inflame our wounds with their poison? This world is too sweet and fair to darken it with the clouds of anger. This life is too short and precious to waste it in bearing that heaviest of all burdens, a grudge.<\/p>\n<p>And you will see in this nineteenth chapter, also, a new emphasis laid upon the necessity of personal purity. The red heifer was provided for cleansing, and God imposed it upon the cleansed to keep themselves unspotted from the world. That is the major part of true religion to this day, to keep onesself unspotted from the world. This whole chapter is Gods attempt to so provide us with the blood of the slain, and surround us with the cleansing ceremonies, that we may be able to resist the floods of defilement that flow on every side. Realizing, as we must realize, the beauty and blessedness of a holy life, we can enter into a keen appreciation of that most beautiful beatitude, and sing with John Keble: <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Blest are the pure in heart,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>For they shall see their God:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>The secret of the Lord is theirs;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Their soul is Christs abode.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>The Lord, who left the heavens,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Our life and peace to bring,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>To dwell in lowliness with men,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Their pattern and their King.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Still to the lowly soul <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>He doth Himself impart,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And for His dwelling and His throne <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Chooseth the pure in heart.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Lord, we Thy presence seek;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>May ours this blessing be;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Oh, give the pure and lowly heart,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>A temple meet for Thee.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Bible of the Expositor and the Evangelist by Riley<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY NOTES<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:1-10<\/span>. Instructions for signalling the movements of the camp are properly inserted here as one of the necessary preliminaries for the march which was about to commence.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:2<\/span>. <em>Two trumpets<\/em>. The trumpet (<em>khatsotserah<\/em>) was a straight instrument, differing in this respect from the curved horn or cornet (<em>keren, shophar<\/em>); yet the latter is frequently rendered trumpet in the A. V., when the two instruments are not mentioned together. The Jewish trumpet is described (Joseph. Ant. iii. 12.6) as a little less than a cubit in length; the tube narrow, a little thicker than a flute, and just wide enough to permit the performer to blow it; while it terminated, like other trumpets, in the form of a bell.<em>Speakers Comm<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>At this time only two trumpets were ordered. Two only were required, inasmuch as they were to be used only by the priests, of which at this time there were only two. When there were more priests there were also more trumpets. Comp. <span class='bible'>1Ch. 15:24<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch. 5:12<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:3<\/span>. The blowing of both the trumpets was the signal for convening the great assembly, composed of all the representatives of the entire congregation, viz., the heads of families, the princes of the tribes, the elders, judges, <em>et al<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:4<\/span>. The blowing of one trumpet only was the signal for a more select assembly, composed merely of the heads of the clans and the princes of the tribes.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:7<\/span>. Expositors are not agreed as to the difference between the signal for assembly and the signal of alarm. Henry, Trapp, <em>et al<\/em>, hold that the alarm was a broken, quavering, interrupted sound; and the signal for assembly a continued equal sound. Keil and Del. and the Speakers Comm. propound the opposite view: that for an alarm a long continuous peal was to be blown, and for an assembly short sharp notes. Dr. A. Clarke suggests that the alarm consisted of <em>short, broken, sharp tones<\/em>, terminating with <em>long<\/em> ones, blown with both the trumpets at once. It is perhaps impossible to determine which of these interpretations is correct.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:9<\/span>. The trumpets were blown by the priests in war as an expression of the dependence of Israel on the help of God. (Comp. ch. <span class='bible'>Num. 31:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch. 13:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch. 13:14<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:11<\/span>. This verse is the beginning of the second great division of the book. The preparations for the march being completed, the camp is broken up, and they set out on their march to Canaan.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:12<\/span>. <em>The cloud rested in the wilderness of Paran<\/em>. This statement seems to be made by anticipation, as we find that the desert of Paran was the third station: Kibroth-Hattaavah being the first, and Hazeroth, the second (ch. <span class='bible'>Num. 11:35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Num. 12:16<\/span>). Notes on the wilderness of Paran will be more suitable on ch. <span class='bible'>Num. 12:16<\/span>, than in this place.<\/p>\n<p>And here, at the beginning of the journeyings, we may as well mention the difficulties of tracing them accurately, especially after the arrival in the desert of Paran. For, as Mr. Hayman observes, we have not merely to contend with the fact that time has changed the deserts face in many parts, and obliterated old names for new; but we have beyond this, great obscurity and perplexity in the narrative. The task is, first, to adjust the uncertainties of the record <em>inter se<\/em>, and then to try and make the resultant probability square with the main historical and physical facts, so long as the latter can be supposed to remain unaltered. Besides the more or less discontinuous form in which the sacred narrative meets us in Exodus, a small portion of Leviticus, and the greater part of Numbers, we have in <span class='bible'>Numbers 33<\/span> what purports at first sight to be a complete skeleton route so far as regards nomenclature; and we further find in Deuteronomy a review of the leading events of the wanderingor some of themwithout following the order of occurrence, and chiefly in the way of allusion expanded and dwelt upon. Thus the authority is of a three-fold character. And as, in the main narrative, whole years are often sunk as uneventful, so in the itinerary of <span class='bible'>Numbers 33<\/span>, on a near view great chasms occur, which require, where all else bespeaks a severe uniformity of method, to be somehow accounted for. But, beyond the questions opened by either authority in itself, we have difficulties of apparent incongruity between them; such as the omission in Exodus of Dophka and Alush, and of the encampment by the Red Sea; and, incomparably greater, that of the fact of a visit to Kadesh being recorded in <span class='bible'>Num. 13:26<\/span>, and again in <span class='bible'>Num. 20:1<\/span>, while the itinerary mentions the name of Kadesh only once.<\/p>\n<p>We shall endeavour to offer some hints on these difficulties as they arise in our course; but it seemed desirable to call attention to their existence at the beginning of the march from Sinai.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:13<\/span>. <em>And they first took their journey, etc<\/em>. Rather, And they journeyed (or set forth) in the order of precedence according to (<em>i.e.<\/em>, established by) the commandment of the Lord, etc. The meaning of the Hebrew word for first seems determined by its use in the following verse, where it applies to the camp of Judah going before the rest. This order of precedence is described in <span class='bible'>Num. 10:14-28<\/span>.<em>Speakers Commentary<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:14<\/span>. <em>According to their armies<\/em>. Cf. <span class='bible'>Num. 1:3<\/span>. There were three tribal hosts in each camp; and each tribe had, of course, its sub-divisions.<em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:17<\/span>. When the tabernacle was taken down the Gershonites and the Merarites set forward with the materials of which it was composed, so that at the place of the next encampment they might set it up again, before the arrival of the Kohathites (who followed after, <span class='bible'>Num. 10:21<\/span>) with the sacred vessels, etc. So that during the march, the place of the tabernacle, in the midst of the host, was represented by the sacred furniture of the sanctuary, in charge of the Kohathites.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:29<\/span>. <em>Hobab, the son of Raguel, etc<\/em>. There is some uncertainty as to the relation of Hobab to Moses. Here he would seem to be the son of Moses father-in-law. But in <span class='bible'>Jdg. 4:11<\/span>, he is spoken of as the father-in-law of Moses. The preponderance of evidence seems in favour of his being the brother-in-law of Moses. The Hebrew word translated father-in-law may be used to express any relation by marriage. Raguel, or Reuel, who was also named Jethro, was the father-in-law of Moses (<span class='bible'>Exo. 2:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo. 3:1<\/span>). He had departed from the camp of Israel previous to their arrival at Sinai (<span class='bible'>Exo. 18:27<\/span>); whereas Hobab obtained a settlement with them in the land of Canaan (compare <span class='bible'>Jdg. 1:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jdg. 4:11<\/span>). Moreover the request of Moses that he would accompany them as their guide seems to imply that he was a younger man than the father-in-law of Moses must have been at this time. We conclude that Hobab was the son of Reuel or Jethro, and consequently the brother-in-law of Moses.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:31<\/span>. <em>Thou mayest be to us instead of eyes<\/em>. Hobab may have been of great use to the Israelites, with respect both to guiding their parties to wells and springs in the desert, and to giving them notice where they might find fuel. But besides this, the sacred history expressly mentions several journeys undertaken by detachments of the Israelites, while the main body remained still: so in chap. 13 we read of a party sent out to reconnoitre the land of Canaan; in chap. 20 of the messengers sent from Kadesh to the King of Edom; in chap. 31 of an expedition against the idolatrous Midianites; of some little expeditions in the close of chap. 32; and more journeys of the like kind were, without doubt, undertaken, though they are not particularly recounted. Moses, foreseeing this, might well beg Hobab to accompany him, not as a single Arab, but as the prince of a clan to supply conductors for these detached parties, while the body of the people, and the cloud of the Lord continued stationary.<em>Harmer<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>THE SILVER TRUMPETS, OR THE RELATION OF THE GOSPEL MINISTRY TO THE SEASONS AND SERVICES OF THE CHRISTIAN LIFE<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:1-10<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>Let us notice the following preliminary points:<br \/>First: <em>The trumpets and their use were commanded by God<\/em>. He enjoins their use as means to secure order and progress. He blesses men, saves men by the use of the means which He has appointed.<\/p>\n<p>Second: <em>The trumpets were to be blown by the priests<\/em>. Every Christian is now a priest; but the ministers of the Gospel are especially the heralds of the Divine messages: it is especially incumbent upon them to blow the silver trumpet of the Gospel.<\/p>\n<p>Third: <em>The trumpets were to be blown in accordance with clear and well-understood instructions<\/em>. When they were to blow one trumpet only, and when they were to blow both; when the short, sharp, broken notes, and when the long and continuous pealthese things were clearly explained and enjoined. There was to be no uncertainty as to the meaning of the signals. The meaning of the sounds of the Gospel trumpet should be equally and unmistakeably clear. (Comp. <span class='bible'>1Co. 14:7-8<\/span>.)<\/p>\n<p>Fourth: <em>The trumpets were to be blown at different seasons and for different purposes<\/em>for conventions, for journeyings, for battles, for festivals, etc. In this we have an illustration of <em>the Relation of the Gospel Ministry to the seasons and services of the Christian life<\/em>. We proceed to offer some hints on the analogy. The silver trumpets were used<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. For the calling of assemblies.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Use them for the calling of the assembly. And when they shall blow with them, etc., <span class='bible'>Num. 10:3-4<\/span>. In the assemblies of the Church of Jesus Christ for conference, or instruction, or worship, the ministry of the Gospel should be heard. The Word of God has a clear and precious relation to the peaceful engagements of holy worship. In such seasons the Christian minister should lead the people into the green pastures of spiritual instruction, and by the still waters of pure refreshment. The ministry of the Gospel should draw men together, even as the silver trumpets convened the assemblies of Israel. <em>(a)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II. For summoning the people to advance.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Use them for the journeying of the camps. When ye blow an alarm, then the camps. etc. (<span class='bible'>Num. 10:5-6<\/span>.) The Christian minister is required to summon the people to arise and go forward in their upward pilgrimage. He summons them to advance<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>In personal holiness<\/em>. He exhorts them to follow on to know the Lord, to grow in grace, to forget those things which are behind, etc. (<span class='bible'>Php. 3:13-14<\/span>.) It is his to<\/p>\n<p>Allure to brighter worlds, and lead the way. <em>(b)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>2. <em>In personal and collective usefulness<\/em>. He should incite both individuals and churches to more diligent and devoted services in the cause of Christ. The true Gospel ministry will never allow the Church to sink into an inglorious and indolent rest; but as with the blast of a trumpet will rouse it to continuous effort and to interminable progress.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. For encouraging the people in battle.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And if you go to war in your land against the enemy, etc., <span class='bible'>Num. 10:9<\/span>. Great force is in the sound of instruments, of any sort, to stir up both courage and cheerfulness in the hearers of them. But these trumpets were blown to express their dependence upon God, and to inspire their faith in Him. Like the priests with the silver trumpets the minister of the Gospel should<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Encourage Christians to battle against evil<\/em>. Many are the motives which he may employ for this purpose, <em>e.g.<\/em>, the righteousness of the warfare, the glory of the great Leader, the certainty of victory, etc. <em>(c)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>But, as the priests with the silver trumpets, so the Christian minister is to encourage Christians in their battle against evil<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>By inciting them to trust in God<\/em>. He gives the victory. We conquer through Him. The God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. We are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. Above all taking the shield of faith, etc. Fight the good fight of faith, etc.<\/p>\n<p>The world cannot withstand<br \/>Its ancient Conqueror;<\/p>\n<p>The world must sink beneath the hand,<\/p>\n<p>That arms as for the war:<br \/>This is our victory!<br \/>Before our faith they fall;<\/p>\n<p>Jesus hath died for you and me;<\/p>\n<p>Believe, and conquer all.<\/p>\n<p><em>C. Wesley<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. For suitably observing seasons of special interest.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Also in the day of your gladness, etc. (<span class='bible'>Num. 10:10<\/span>). Here are three seasons specified at which the trumpets were to be blown, and to which Christianity has a relation and a ministry.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Seasons of joy<\/em>. In the days of your gladness ye shall blow with the trumpets, etc. The Gospel aims at the consecration and promotion of human gladness. That My joy might remain in you, and your joy might be full. Rejoice in the Lord alway. The kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost. Believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory. The Gospel forbids no pure delight, but hallows and increases it.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>Seasons of solemnity<\/em>. In your solemn days ye shall blow with the trumpets, etc. There are many solemn days in lifedays of mental conflict, of spiritual darkness, of social bereavement, etc. In such days the hopeful and helpful sounds of the Gospel trumpet are peculiarly precious.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>Closing and commencing seasons<\/em>. And in the beginnings of your months ye shall blow, etc. The return of, the new moons was announced by the sounding of the silver trumpets; and in this way provision was made for keeping up a knowledge of the end and commencement of each month. And as one period of time comes to an end, and we look back upon its opportunities and privileges gone for ever, and gone when we, alas, how often! have made but little use of them, that Gospel which tells of free and full forgiveness is very precious. And as we look forward to periods of time which are yet in the future, with their manifold and serious possibilities, the voice of that trumpet which announces Grace to help in time of need, and strength proportioned to our day, is most gladly welcomed by us.<\/p>\n<p>To all the varying scenes and circumstances of life the Gospel ministry, like the silver trumpets, has an important and beneficent relation.<br \/>And we have a twofold intimation that God would bless this institution of the blowing of the silver trumpets. Ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. That they may be to you for a memorial before your God. I am the Lord your God.<br \/>If He blessed even the blowing of trumpets, when performed in obedience to Him, will He not much more bless the ministry of the Gospel of His Son?<\/p>\n<p><em>ILLUSTRATIONS<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>(a)<\/em> The trumpet was the sacred joyful bound in old Palestine, the silver trumpets blown by the priests of the sons of Aaron. The trumpet proclaimed the opening of the year, the trumpet proclaimed the commencement of the sabbatical year, the trumpet proclaimed the year of Jubilee that was kept by the Israelites, the feast of trumpets, and the tone of the trumpet mingled with their most solemn feasts and domestic scenes:<\/p>\n<p>Then rose the choral hymn of praise,<br \/>The trump and timbrel answered keen,<br \/>And Judahs daughters poured their lays,<br \/>The priests and warriors voice between.<\/p>\n<p>Conceive such an evening as this in that delightful land; it is the evening of the sixth day, our Friday; the sky is peaceful, it is the wilderness; among those crags are the foes of Israels race; there is the tabernacle; there is the cloud about to yield to the fire; a star or two has already appeared; reverently waiting and expecting, the labourers are reposing from their days toil; the sun is setting, and darkness approaching. Hark! hark! this is the peal of the silver trumpet over the was, and the tool is dropped; instantly all labour ceasesand it is more, it is the commencement of the sabbatical year! Yonder Philistines may put their own interpretation on it, and say, Their sabbath is begun; but we can say Blessed is the people that know the joyful sound.<em>E. P. Hood<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>Amazing is the power of sound; it searches the soul more than vision; it vibrates and reverberatessound more immediately and more deeply penetrates. Nothing presented to the eye tingles along the blood like things presented to the ear. Sound thrills in a wood at night, in loneliness and darkness; the fall of leaves, the stir of creatures in the grass, and a thousand nameless sounds, stir the feeling of mystic awe. Sight is finite; the imagination plays more freely among soundsthe forms are unshapedthe powers are more abiding. Memoryattentionseems to take a deeper hold upon the things presented in sound than in sight. And hence the preacher is a trumpet. The birth of the Society of Friends was in this wise: George Fox was one of the most stirring trumpets of the Church; in the power he possessed by his holy earnestness to rouse men he shows in an eminent manner what the voice of one crying in the wilderness may be. And Whitefield was such a trumpet. Men heard and trembled. A mysterious fearfulness shook the souls of listeners; it must have been as when the prophet stood on the mount, and the Lord passed by in the wind, and the earth quake, and the fire, and broke in pieces the rocks; they were the announcements of danger, and wreck, and death.<br \/>There are trumpetsthey startle and surprise, indeed; but even the trumpet has another purpose; it marshals into order, it becomes motive, beneath its inspiring strains men fall into ranks and march, and it becomes not merely a blasta breathits tones fall into the harmonies and melodies of other instruments. <em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(b)<\/em> If a man would be a Christian after Christs type of Christianity, he must aim at making progress continually. His life must be a continual endeavour from the well to the better, from the better to the best. The summit of his attainment of yesterday must be the starting-point for his venture of to-morrow. He must not go to his rest upon the reputation of old victories, or beneath laurels won so long ago that they have absolutely faded from their greenness by the lapse of time. Every morning of his life must light him to a fresh battle-field; every evening of his life must set upon some vanquished lust or slain desire. He must fix his eye on Jesus, and long and strive to be like him. He must trample upon every sin, and he must exhibit every grace which was formerly lacking, until he stands out as the new creature in Christ Jesus the Lord. Brethren, this must of necessity be the aim of every Christians life. He must grow if he would live. If he would ascertain his sense of the Divine favour, he must constantly aim at conformity to the Divine image. Nothing short of perfection must be the ideal standard after which we aim. In the world around us the selectest models are uniformly chosen. The young sculptor, and the embryo poet, are thrilled with high exultation; but it is to wield a Phidiass mallet, or to sweep a Homers lyre. The young soldier gazes at reverent distance upon some hero of a hundred fights; but it is that he may be brave and honoured as he. Visions of fame and fortune flit before the young aspirants eye, only to be embodied in some renowned statesman, or some wealthy millionaire. And why are all these models chosen, but that each, in his own sphere, may reach or approximate perfection? Worldlings would scorn to aim at a mark less high, or to set before them a standard inferior to themselves. Let them shame you. Christians, into a holier ambition to-day.<em>W M Punshon, LL.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(c)<\/em> Give me to feel that the strongest will win; that he who has most arm will have most wealth and most enjoyment generally in life; give me to feel that the weakest must go to the wall, however good he be, and I cease to be a man; I lose many of the qualities which redeem men from the utmost vulgarity and bestiality! But tell me that the highest strength is spiritual, that the noblest power is the power of ideas, the power of love; give me to feel that God is watching the battle, and that eventually. He will make right victorious, and instantly I start my life from new centres, I am controlled by new and higher considerations.<em>Joseph Parker, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>THE SILVER TRUMPETS<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:2<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>Make thee two trumpets of silver.<\/p>\n<p>We see Gods all-pervading care. He directs all things for His peoples weal. Their least arrangements are arranged in heaven. Each little matter on the earthly stage is offspring of decree. There are no trifles in a souls career. Make conscience of each trivial event. It has an influence on eternity. When God appears to order two Silver Trumpets for the camp, surely He stamps all little things with magnitude.<\/p>\n<p>The material must be silver. Emblem of rare purity. Compare <span class='bible'>Psa. 12:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 93:5<\/span>. Ministers should precede with silver brightness. The flock should follow, as silver without alloy.<\/p>\n<p>Draw nearer to the camp. Two priests are seen. Each blows a Silver Trumpet. Light falls hence on the office of Gods ministers. Their voice should sound with trumpet-clearness through the flock. They are entrusted with Gods message to a fallen world. The Silver Trumpets sent a piercing note. So should the Gospel-herald utter aloud the Gospel news. Let statements be clear, as the sun without one cloudpellucid as the crystal streamdistinct as the un-muffled trumpets voice.<br \/>The Trumpets were of one piece. So is the Gospel-message. It is not partly works. Christ is All. No diverse metal soiled these Trumpets. No intermingling error should soil pulpits.<br \/>The type, moreover, fixes attention on the Christian as a worshippera pilgrima warriora son of joy. For let the occasions on which these Trumpets sounded be now more closely marked.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. They call the people to Gods sanctuary.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>It is a Gospel-ordinance, that worshippers should throng the holy courtsthat public prayer and praise should reverence the glorious name. A saintly congregation is an antepast of heaven. The faithful meet to honour God. They honour and are honoured. They come in faith, and they depart in peace. Think not that such assemblage is superfluous. Doubtless God is not linked to means. He can bless in solitude, and hear in the secluded closet. But it has pleased Him to order public worship. His commands are always gain. Faith hears, obeys, and finds obedience to be wealth.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. They give command to march.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Christians are portion of a marching host. Earth is not our rest. We live a stranger-life. We hold a pilgrim-staff. Our home is far away. Let all be ready for departure. Death should not find a Christian unprepared. When it appears let there be no tremorno surpriseno work unfinished. The Gospels Silver Trumpets ever cry, Arise, Depart. Come up hither.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. They sound for war.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The life of faith is one incessant fight. Beneath the Cross a sword is drawn, of which the scabbard is cast far away. The foes are manymightywilyrestless. They are withoutaroundwithin. Count, if you can, the hateful legions who compose hells hosts: they all rush at the soul. Survey the worldits snares, etc. Behold the heart, and all its brood of lusts and raging passions. The Gospel-trumpet ever cries, Battle is near. Stand firm. Resist. But when the Gospel calls, it promises sure triumph. It gives an armour wrought of God. It points to a Captain, beneath whose banner no warrior was ever slain. Believer, hear, and go forth in hope, etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. In the grand feasts they cheer the worshippers around the bleeding victims.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The precept is obeyed; Sing aloud, etc. (<span class='bible'>Psa. 81:1<\/span>.) Believer, thus, too, the Gospel teaches you to joy, when you in faith contemplate, and in worship plead the meritorious death of Christ. My soul, obey, remember Calvary, and pour forth music of delight.<\/p>\n<p>The Gospel-trumpet is now within your hearing. But it is prelude of another clang (<span class='bible'>1Th. 4:16<\/span>). Are you prepared? If you heed now the Gospel-trumpet calling you to Him, you will hear then the last-day trumpet calling you to glory.<\/p>\n<p>It is faiths happiest hour when it goes forth in spirit to intermingle in the fast-coming scene (<span class='bible'>1Co. 15:51-55<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>This trumpet soon will sound. Bless Jesusand fear not.<em>Henry Law, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>THE RESTING AND THE RISING OF THE GOOD<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:11-12<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>These verses suggest<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. That the people of God are sometimes called to remain, as it were, stationary for a time in this life.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>For nearly twelve months Israel remained in the desert of Sinai, without making any advance, as regards locality, to the Promised Land. In our individual lives there are sometimes seasons of quiet and rest, in which we live our life and work our work without any apparent change: no sickness seizes us reminding us of our mortality; no great loss or sharp sorrow shakes our tabernacle or tells us of our pilgrim state; no disturbing influence reaches us, crying, Arise ye, and depart; for this is not your rest. In our family life occasionally there are similar occasions; when there is a long exemption from the visitations of death, and the strokes of affliction and grief seem far removed, and no great change takes place in the home circle. And in the larger circle of our friends, events sometimes move on serenely for months without any shock; and our pleasant intercourse is not interrupted by any trumpet-call to march onward. These are seasons of quiet rest and precious privileges. And even as the sojourn at Sinai was for wise and most important ends, so these seasons of rest have their sacred uses and obligations: in them we have lessons to learn for ourselves and services to render to others, which cannot well be accomplished in anxious and laborious times. <em>(a)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II. Though the people of God may appear to remain stationary for a time, yet there is no permanent settlement in this world.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The Israelites made a long halt in the desert of Sinai; but it was only a halt; it was not a settlement. Pauses in the march have their use; and when that use is accomplished, orders to resume the march are at once given. Abiding rest is not in this world. The home of the soul is not here. The longest season of tranquillity and repose is at length broken. The most protracted life has its end. We are strangers and pilgrims on the earth. <em>(b)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>III. That both the restings and the risings of the people of God are ordered by Him.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony. And the children of Israel took their journeys, etc. The rising of the cloud was the Divine signal for their departure; the resting of the cloud, for their encampment. Thou leddest Thy people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron. And guided them in the wilderness like a flock. And God is still the Guide of His people. The steps of a good man are ordered by the Lord. (See our notes on <span class='bible'>Num. 9:17-23<\/span>). <em>(c)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. That the people of God, whether resting or marching, are protected by Him.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>In the cloud which preceded them on the march, and overshadowed them in their encampments, the Lord was present for their protection. God is the Guardian of His people. God our shield. In the time of trouble He shall hide me in His pavilion, etc. Kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation. Compare <span class='bible'>Psa. 91:1-13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psalms 121<\/span>. (See our notes on <span class='bible'>Num. 9:17-23<\/span>.) <em>(d)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>Learn, in conclusion, to<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Gratefully appreciate and diligently use the seasons of quiet rest in life<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>Remember that, however long and grateful a rest may be granted unto us, we are only pilgrims here<\/em>. Be ready to arise and depart when the cloud arises.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>Follow the guidance of God<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>4. <em>Trust the protection of God<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>ILLUSTRATIONS<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>(a)<\/em> Rest a while! Why, it is a <em>mothers<\/em> word; she says to her little weary child who has toddled itself out of breath, Rest a while. It is the word of a great, generous, noble-hearted leader of men. He says, My company must have rest. I know I am sent to gain victories and conquests, and to work great programmes; but in the meantime my over-worked men must have <em>rest<\/em>. It is a gentle word. Where do you find such gentleness as you find in Jesus Christ? <em>Joseph Parker, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>Rest time is not waste time. It is economy to gather fresh strength. Look at the mower <em>on<\/em> the summers day, with so much to cut down ere the sun sets. He pauses in his labouris he a sluggard? He looks for his stone, and begins to draw it up and down his scythe, with rink-a-tink, rink-a-tink, rink-a-tinkIs that idle music? Is he wasting precious moments? How much he might have mown while he has been ringing out those notes on his scythe! But he is sharpening his tool, and he will do far more when once again he gives his strength to those long sweeps which lay the grass prostrate in rows before him. Even thus a little pause prepares the mind for greater service in the good cause. Fishermen must mend their nets, and we must every now and then repair our mental waste and set our machinery in order for future service. To tug the oar from day to day, like a galley-slave who knows no holidays, suits not mortal men. Mill streams go on and on for ever, but we must have our pauses and our intervals. Who can help being out of breath when the race is continued without intermission? Even beasts of burden must be turned out to grass occasionally; the very sea pauses at ebb and flow; earth keeps the Sabbath of the wintry months; and man, even when exalted to be Gods ambassador, must rest or faint; must trim his lamp or let it burn low; must recruit his vigour or grow prematurely old. It is wisdom to take occasional furlough. In the long run we shall do more by sometimes doing less.<em>C. H. Spurgeon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(b)<\/em> Strangers and pilgrims. That is the Christian view of life. Christians are all travellers, through a country they cannot stay in; travellers, blessed be God, towards a home, but all travellers; some seemingly going through swiftly, buoyantly, with a high head and an open eye; some foot-sore, jaded, sleepy; some with a chariot of fire, as if the horses of God were whirling them onwards before the eyes of an admiring Church; splendid saints, the tune of whose worship goes manly. Some heavy-hearted, heavy-limbed, but still crawling onwards, feeling, perhaps, no less than the others that here they have no continuing city, but that they seek one to come. Limping by the wayside, but still creeping humbly and bravery on.<em>Harry Jones, M.A<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(c)<\/em> A journey may be the outcome of an inspiration. Theres a Divinity that shapes our ends, rough hew them as we will. I feel life to be most solemn when I think that inside of it all there is a Spirit that lays out ones days work, that points out when the road is on the left, and when it is on the right, and that tells one what words will best express ones thought. Then is God nigh at hand and not afar off. The steps of a good man are ordered by the Lord. And thus, too, men are misunderstood: they are called enthusiastic, and are said to be impulsive; they are not safe men; they are here to-day and gone to-morrow, and no proper register of their life can be made. Of course, we are to distinguish between inspiration and delusion, and not to think that every noise is thunder. We are not to call a maggot a revelation. What we are to do is this: We are to live and move and have our being in God; to expect His coming and long for it; to be patient and watchful; to keep our heart according to His word; and then we shall know His voice from the voice of a stranger, for the secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him. If <em>God<\/em> be our supreme consciousness He will reveal His providence without cloud or doubtfulness. I think it can be proved that the men who have done things apparently against all reason have often been acting in the most reasonable manner, and that inspiration has often been mistaken for madness. I feel that all the while you are asking me to give you tests by which you may know what is inspiration, you have little or nothing to do with such tests,you have to <em>be<\/em> right and then you will be sure to <em>do<\/em> right<em>Joseph Parker, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(d)<\/em> I do not think of the pillar of cloud as being simply a column of smoke arising from the centre of the Tabernacle; it was such, but besides that it covered the whole camp as a vast canopy or pavilion, so that in the great and terrible wilderness they fainted not under the burning heat of the sun, but this pillar of cloud interposed a friendly shade, so that they passed through the wilderness beneath the wings of God. At night their encampment would have been like a great city wrapped in darkness, but the pillar of fire supplied them a light far superior to that which glows in London or in Paris through the art of man; that great flaming pillar lit up every habitation, so that in point of fact there was no night there. They were always sheltered by God, both by day and by night. If they strayed away from the camp for a little time in the heat of the sun, they had only to come flying back, and there that emblem of the present God became their shelter; or at night, if they wandered for awhile, that vast blazing lampion conducted them back again to their place of rest. So it is with us. In nights of trouble and grief, the fire of Divine comfort glows within us, the precious promises are round about us and we rejoice in the Holy Ghost, the Comforter; and when by day we travel over this burning wilderness to the rest appointed, God interposes perpetually the sweet presence of His love to screen us from the sharper sorrows of the world, that we may still, while walking onward to heaven behold the shield of heaven uplifted above our heads.<em>C. H. Spurgeon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>ASPECTS OF HUMAN PILGRIMAGE<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:13-28<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>These verses suggest the following remarks.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. That human pilgrimage should be prosecuted in accordance with Divine directions.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And they first took their journey according to the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses. The march proceeded in the order prescribed in chap. 2. In the pilgrimage of life the directions of God should be faithfully followed. This will appear if we consider<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The infinity of the knowledge of God<\/em>. He knows us altogether and perfectly; He knows the road which we have to travel, and the events which await us, and the circumstances through which we must pass in the future. The minutest circumstances cannot be hidden from Him, and the greatest event He fully comprehends. He has the knowledge which is necessary for efficiently directing our path through life.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The depth and tenderness of Gods interest in man<\/em>. He exercises the kindest care towards every man. There is not a creature in the world but is cared for by Him. And man, who is at the head of His creations in this world, is the object of His special regard. Comp. <span class='bible'>Mat. 6:25-34<\/span>. His kind interest in us affords a guarantee that in directing our path through life He will ever aim at the realization of our best interests.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>The supremacy of Gods authority over man<\/em>. He has a right to issue commands for our guidance. As our Creator and Sustainer, and especially as our wise and kind Father, His authority over us is most absolute and sacred. When they were condemning Socrates for teaching the people their duties to God, he replied, O ye Athenians, I will obey God rather than you; and if you would dismiss me and spare my life on condition that I would cease to teach my fellow-citizens, I would rather die a thousand times than accept the proposal. How much more should we recognise and bow loyally to His authority! He shall choose our inheritance for us. Thou shalt guide me with Thy counsel. His appointments concerning us are always infinitely wise and kind. <em>(a)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II. In human pilgrimage the arrangements and provisions for Divine worship should be matters of primary concern.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And the Tabernacle was taken down, and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set forward, bearing the tabernacle. And the Kohathites set forward, bearing the sanctuary: and (the Gershonites and Merarites) did set up the tabernacle against they came. Thus it was arranged that the Tabernacle should in every encampment be erected in readiness to receive the Ark and the most holy things. The arrangements for the worship of the Lord were regarded as of the first importance. In like manner we find that wherever Abraham pitched his tent, there he builded an altar unto the Lord (see <span class='bible'>Gen. 12:7-8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Gen. 13:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Gen. 13:18<\/span>). The conduct of these ancient saints in this respect is<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>A rebuke to many nominal Christians<\/em>, who in their changes of residence make the arrangements and provisions for worship a very inferior consideration. <em>(b)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>2. <em>An example to all Christians<\/em> who contemplate a change of residence. <em>(c)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>III. In human pilgrimage the most reverent care should be exercised in relation to sacred things.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And the Kohathites set forward bearing the sanctuary. Their station was in the midst of the host: thus the most holy things, of which they had charge, were in the place of the greatest safety and the highest honour during the march. Here is an example for us. Let things around which tender and precious memories cluster be highly esteemed and jealously guarded; let things dedicated to sacred uses be reverently regarded and piously cared for.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. In human pilgrimage the weak and the wandering should be tenderly cared for.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And the standard of the camp of Dan set forward, the rearward of all the camps, etc. The squadron of Dan came last, and was called the rearward or gathering host (<span class='bible'>Jos. 6:9<\/span>, margin) because they gathered up those who lagged behindthe lame, the faint, and the feebleand took care that none were lost or left behind. God is solicitous for the salvation of the weak and the wandering. Our Lord is careful to lose none of His followers (<span class='bible'>Joh. 17:12<\/span>). He gathers the lambs with His arm, and carries them in His bosom, and gently leads those that are with young. He has compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way. In like manner we that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and to strive to restore the erring. Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one, etc.<\/p>\n<p>Conclusion:<\/p>\n<p>In our pilgrimage let us diligently cultivate this spirit of loyal obedience and reverent worship towards God, and of kind ministries towards our fellow men.<\/p>\n<p><em>ILLUSTRATIONS<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>(a)<\/em> You are to consider that the position which you occupy is, all things considered, the most advantageous that you could possibly have occupied for doing the utmost that you are capable of doing for the glory of God. Suppose the mole should cry, How could I have honoured the great Creator if I could have been allowed to fly! it would have been very foolish, for a mole flying would have been a very ridiculous object, while a mole fashioning its tunnels and casting up its castles is viewed with admiring wonder by the naturalist, who perceives its remarkable suitability to its sphere. The fish of the sea might say, How could I display the wisdom of God if I could sing or mount a tree like a bird! but you know a fish in a tree would be a very grotesque affair, and there would be no wisdom of God to admire in fishes climbing trees; but when the fish cuts the wave with agile fin, all who have observed it say how wonderfully it is adapted to its habitat, how exactly its every bone is fitted to its mode of life. Brother, it is just so with you. If you begin to say, I cannot glorify God where I am, and as I am, I answer, Neither could you anywhere if not where you are. Providence, which arranged your surroundings, appointed them so that, all things considered, you are in the position in which you can best display the wisdom and the grace of God.<em>C. H. Spurgeon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(b)<\/em> Men make choice of a home without making any inquiry as to the religions state of the neighbourhood. They do not care how poor the church is if the farm be good. They will give up the most inspiring ministry in the world for ten feet more garden, or a paddock to feed an ass in. They will tell you that the house is roomy, the garden is large, the air is balmy, the district is genteel, and if you ask them what religious teaching they will have there, they will tell you they really do not know, but must inquire! They will take away six children into a moral desert for the sake of a garden to play in; they will leave Paul or Apollos for six feet of greenhouse! Others, again, fix their tent where they can get the best food for the hearts life; and they sacrifice a summer house that they may now and again get a peep of heaven.<em>Joseph Parker, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(c)<\/em> The good mans Tent and Altar go together. You might summarise much of a good mans life in this brief sentence,He pitched his tent, and built an altar. As the one was necessary for the body, so was the other necessary for his soul. There are, however, many tents now which are unaccompanied by an altar. Man is oftentimes more anxious about his tent than about his altar. Not so with the good man. His altar is his chief joy. He communes there with God. Across the altar he catches glimpses of heaven. Upon his altar angels drop blessings from their wings of light. When he is stained with guilt or weary with sorrow, he draweth nigh to his altar, and rises forgiven and strong. It is a poor man that has no altar. Nay, tis not a <em>life<\/em>, it is mere <em>existence<\/em>. The altar is the link which connects the human worshipper with the adoring seraphim. The whole of the reverent intelligences of the universe meet around the altar. All our Graces are strengthened and beautified by worship. Faith inhales new life, hope gains clearer vision, joy learns some new song to cheer the hours of pilgrimage and toil. If <em>you<\/em> take care of the altar, <em>God<\/em> will take care of the tent. Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added unto you.<em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>AN EXEMPLARY INVITATION<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:29-32<\/span><\/em>).<\/p>\n<p>Let us consider:<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. The Journey.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>We are journeying unto the place of which the Lord said, I will give it you. It was<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>A journey to a glorious destiny<\/em>. Canaan was a goodly and a glorious land (<span class='bible'>Deu. 8:7-9<\/span>). To this land the Israelites were advancing. All men are journeying; but it is to be feared that many are travelling on a dreary road with a dreadful ending. Not so the Christian: he is travelling to the spiritual Canaan. Frequently Canaan is regarded as a type of heaven; but it is rather a type of the spiritual privileges and high calling of the Christian. We are journeying to <em>perfection of character<\/em>. We go forward to the rest, not of outward security, but of inward harmony. We advance not to any material inheritance, but to the inheritance of spiritual perfectionto love, holiness, peace, joy, etc. This is the surest guarantee of heaven; this <em>is<\/em> heaven. <em>(a)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>2. <em>A journey to an assured destiny<\/em>. The Lord said, I will give it you.God hath promised us the inheritance. True, there are many foes to be cast out before we can enter upon it; base lusts, evil passions, besetting sins, have to be conquered before we attain our high calling; but God hath assured us of victory. Ye shall be holy, for I am holy. A glorious Church not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing, etc. Exceeding great and precious promises are given unto us; that by these ye might be partakers of the Divine nature. Perfection of character is perfect blessedness. Holiness, the heaven of the soul, is the gift of God, and is promised by Him to all who believe in His Son Jesus Christ. He cannot deny Himself; His word cannot pass away. All the promises of God in Jesus Christ are yea, and in Him Amen, unto the glory of God by us.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The Invitation.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And Moses said unto Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses father-in-law, We are journeying unto the place of which the Lord said, I will give it you: come thou with us.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The spirit of true religion is social and benevolent<\/em>. The child of God is not content to travel alone to the place which God promised to give him; but invites others to accompany him, saying, Come thou with us. I cannot understand the piety of the man who possesses the grace of God himself, and believes that they who do not possess it will be lost, and yet makes no effort to save them. Such conduct is inconsistent, selfish, utterly unchristian. The true Christian knows that God has declared that He will have all men to be saved; and He longs, prays, and works for the salvation of others. Godliness enkindles in the soul the most kind and generous emotions. <em>(b)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The exercise of this spirit should be first directed to those who are most closely related to us<\/em>. Moses invited Hobab, his brother-in-law. Next to our own spiritual well-being we should seek that of our own kindred,parents that of their children, the husband that of his wife, etc. The principle is clearly taught by our Lord and His Apostles (see <span class='bible'>Mar. 5:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 8:38-39<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk. 24:47<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Ti. 5:4<\/span>). <em>(c)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The Inducements.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Moses holds out to Hobab two inducements to accompany them,<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The benefits he would receive<\/em>. We will do thee good: for the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. And it shall be if thou go with us, yea, it shall be, that what goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee. We have here,<\/p>\n<p>(1) <em>An Assurance<\/em>(<em><\/em>) <em>That they would do him good<\/em>. The Christian pilgrim can do good to his fellow-pilgrims by <em>kindly companionship<\/em>. Brotherly sympathy and fellowship are helpful. By presenting a <em>good example<\/em> we can also do good. How great is the influence of example! And, when it is good, how strong it is to correct the imperfect and the wrong! and to stimulate and strengthen to the doing of the right! By <em>prayer<\/em> also we can do good to our fellow-travellers. The prayers of a truly Christian man are perhaps the greatest boon that one man can confer upon another. Come thou with us, and we will do thee good. (<em><\/em>) <em>That he should share in the goodness of God to them<\/em>. What goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee. And what great goodness the Lord had led them to expect He would do for them! He leads us to expect even higher and richer blessings. He promises to <em>supply our needs<\/em> Bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure. No good thing will He withhold, etc. Your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need, etc. In our journey the manual will not fail, etc. He will <em>guide and protect us<\/em>. I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go;) will guide thee with Mine eye. In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths. God is our refuge and strength, etc. He will <em>accompany and sustain us all the way<\/em>. My presence shall go with thee, etc. Lo, I am with you always, etc. I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee. My grace is sufficient for thee, etc. As thy days, so shall thy strength be. He leads us to expect <em>a glorious future<\/em>. He calls us to a higher standard of character than that to which the Israelites attained, and to a more glorious inheritance than theirs. They had only a very faint hope beyond Canaan and the present life; but we look for an inheritance, incorruptible, and undefiled, etc. Wherefore, Come thou with us, &amp;c. We have here<\/p>\n<p>(2). <em>The ground of this assurance<\/em>. For the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. Our faith and hope rest in the sure promises of the faithful and unchangeable God. Are we not warranted then in saying as an inducement to others to join us, We will do thee good? <em>(d)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The benefits he would confer<\/em>. The hope of deriving benefit did not prevail with Hobab: he said unto Moses, I will not go; but I will depart to mine own land, and to my kindred. Then Moses tried to persuade him with this inducement, that his presence would be a benefit to them: he said, Leave us not I pray thee; forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou mayest be to us instead of eyes. Hobab appears to have been an experienced Bedouin sheikh, to whom Moses looked for the safety of his cumbrous caravan in the new and difficult ground before them. The tracks and passes of that waste howling wilderness were all familiar to him, and his practised sight should be to them instead of eyes in discerning the distant clumps of verdure which betokened the wells or springs for the daily encampment, and in giving timely warning of the approach of the Amalekites or other spoilers of the desert.<\/p>\n<p>What a vast amount of good many who are outside the pale of the Church, yet not out of sympathy with the Christian religion, might do, if they would but heartily come with us! As wise counsellors in the business affairs of the Church; as visitors of the sick, the ignorant, and the spiritually destitute; as Sunday-school teachers, and in many other ways, they could render invaluable service to the cause of Jesus Christ among men. Apply this motive to <em>the young<\/em>, to <em>the undecided<\/em>, to <em>the almost persuaded<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>Conclusion:<\/p>\n<p>With what company are you prosecuting your life-journey? To what destiny are you advancing? Come with us, and we will do thee good; &amp;c. In our own name, in the name of the Church, and in the name of our gracious Lord, we heartily invite you, Come with us, &amp;c.<\/p>\n<p><em>ILLUSTRATIONS<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>(a)<\/em> Man must go. It in not a question of whether we will go or not go, that is determined for uswe <em>must<\/em> go. Every man is accomplishing a journey, going through a process. No man is standing still. The infact is going on towards youth; youth is advancing towards the stature and strength of manhood; and man, in the summer of his prosperity and honour, is going on towards the sere leaf, and towards a land of darkness as darkness itself. Men must go on, then. The only question is<em>How?<\/em> Man may either with God or without Him.<em>Joseph Parker, D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(b)<\/em> These happy disciples were now united Is conversion, and each one was made the instrument of blessing the other. Philip and Nathanael, Andrew, Peter, and John cooperated with Christ, and with the work of the Holy Spirit. It was a most delightful, simple, thorough, hearty work of Christian love. Friends began with friends, relatives with relatives. Presently we see the circle enlarging, but here it is small and distinctly visible. Each rising wave is apparent, and we see how it spreads, each circleing ripple on the lake of love, before there are so many of them, and so vast and deep and widening, that we can no more trace them but as one common impulse, one grind heaving and waving in the mighty sea. In this simple early life of Christianity, every infant missionary impulse of sympathy and love is visible, and can be counted First come John, Andrew, and Peter, then Philip, then Nathanael; and then the wave that starts at Bethabara from the person of Christ, spreads all over Galilee and Judea, and then over the world. It is a missionary wave, and here is the very life of Christianity, the very essence of discipleship, and the very way of the worlds evangelization. Nothing can be more beautiful than the working of this principle of the socialism of grace, the social principle and power of Christianity. It is a sympathising, impulsive, progressive, diffusive life. It is the leaven of the world, which will work till the whole is leavened. And it works, where it works at all, with an accumulating, accelerating tendency and power.<em>G. B. Cheever. D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(c)<\/em> In their first coming to Christ themselves, they brought others with them (<span class='bible'>Joh. 1:40-46<\/span>). It was a delightful example of the practical, social, sympathizing, working power and tendency of true piety, and of the direction and manner in which it works.<\/p>\n<p>Return to thine own house, and tell thy friends and relatives how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had mercy on thee. It seems there was no need of this command of Christ in the case of Andrew; his own heart led him in that very way, and it was a lovely development of character in him. No doubt he was thinking of his brother all the way to the dwelling of Jesus, and no sooner had he and John arrived with Christ, and entered the house, to abide with Him that day, than he thought within himself, I must go and find Peter first, and we will be here together.<em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(d)<\/em> Where I am, there shall My servant be. They are great words, words of infinite weight of meaning, words of transcendent inconceivable glory, words covering up an eternal and exceeding weight of glory. Where Christ is, there God is, and Gods infinite love and happiness are revealed in Christ. Where Christ is, there heaven is, and the source and fountain of heavens light and glory. Where Christ is, there all good things are, all the holy, loving beings of the universe, concentrated and circled in adoring ranks around Him, the visible Centre of their bliss, the Author of their holiness. Now of all this glory Christ says, in the midst of it, To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He speaks also of His disciples and servants as partakers of His own joy; and the welcome of His servants is even this: Well done, good and faithful servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord! The joy of thy Lord! What a heaven of glory and blessedness is contained in that one expression! The joy of thy Lord! Who can measure its degree, who can conceive or fathom the infinite depth of its greatness, the infinite intensity of its bliss? And yet that is the joy that awaits every faithful follower and servant of the glorious Redeemer; the Redeemers own joy, a thing no more to be measured or fathomed than the actual infinitude of God. They shall be with Him where He is, they shall behold His glory, they shall enter into His joy. For that joy, set before Him, He endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down for ever at the right hand of the throne of God. There the saints shall walk with Him in glory, heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ, received to the possession of an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for those who are faithful unto death; who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation.<\/p>\n<p>Now let it be remembered that all this consummation is connected indissolubly with every thought and effort of the saints life. Every victory that through Divine grace the Christian gains over sin and temptation, every labour done for Christ, every prayer of faith, every patient bearing of Christs cross, is a pledge that the soul is advancing to that consummation in glory. Every co-operation of the children of God with Christ, is a pledge that Christ is working in them and with them, preparing them for this mighty revelation, when they are to shine out like the sun in the firmament, at His coming, His appearing, His kingdom. O, what an inducement to a life of holiness is here, what animating encouragement to every effort, and what in Suite obligation for such effort laid upon the soul.<em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>A GENEROUS PROPOSAL<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:29<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>Come thou with us, and we will do thee good.<br \/>The people of Israel in the wilderness were a type of the Church of Christ. The invitation here given was such as may be given to those who are proper subjects for communion with the Christian Church.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. What are the characteristics of a true church as it is pictured by Israel in the wilderness?<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. The people in the wilderness were <em>a redeemed people<\/em>. They had been redeemed by blood and redeemed by power. All the true members of Gods Church understand what the blood of sprinkling means. They have been redeemed by blood; and the Holy Spirit has entered into their hearts, and made them hate their former sins, has delivered them from the dominant power of their inward corruptions, has set them free and brought them out of the bondage of sin.<\/p>\n<p>2. The Israelites were <em>a people who were passing through a land wherein they found no rest, neither did they desire any, for they were journeying to another country, the promised land, the Canaan<\/em>. Now, here is another description of the true Church of God. They are not of the world, even as Christ is not of the world. Here they have no continuing city.<\/p>\n<p>3. Israel was a people <em>walking by faith as to the future<\/em>. They were going to the place of which the Lord said, I will give it you. They had never seen it; no one had come from it to tell them of it (<span class='bible'>1Co. 2:9-10<\/span>). We walk by faith as Israel did of old.<\/p>\n<p>4. These people, also, <em>as to their present circumstances were walking by faith<\/em>. Faith told them of the manna which fell day by day, and the water which flowed from the rock, which stream followed them in their journeyings. In this world the Christian man has to live by faith upon God as to present things. As to temporal necessities he must cast all his care on Him who careth for us: but especially as to all spiritual supplies the Christian has no stock of grace. He has no minor spring within himself in his old nature. He has to look for everything that can sustain his new life to God, even the Father, who hath promised not to forsake him.<\/p>\n<p>5. These people found, wherever they went, <em>that they were surrounded by foes<\/em>. In the wilderness the Amalekites were against them. When they crossed into the Promised Land all the inhabitants of Canaan were up in arms against them. So, I think, will you find it if you are a child of God. You will have to fight continually. Till the last step you take it will be a conflict, and you will never be able to sheathe your sword until you are in the bosom of Christ.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. It is the duty of the Christian Church to invite suitable persons to join with it.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. As you read, <em>Come thou with us<\/em>, and we will do <em>thee<\/em> good, say if these are not the terms in which any church should invite <em>a suitable pastor<\/em> to unite with it. I have always felt that they have a better application to a pastor than they have to the people; for it is said of Hobab, Thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou mayest be to us instead of eyes. It was inviting a really efficient helper, who would be of great service to the Israelites, to come and cast in his lot with them. So should a church expect to find in its pastor one who may guide them, etc. Their invitation should come in this way, not only, Come thou with us, that we may get good out of theethat is one designbut it should also be, Come with us, that we may do thee good, that we may hold up thy hands, etc.<\/p>\n<p>2. The words are significant of the manner in which churches should invite <em>suitable persons to come among them as private members<\/em>. It is the duty of every child of God to be associated with the Christian Church, and surely it is part of our duty to instruct others to do what the Lord would approve of. Do not, therefore, hesitate to say to such as serve and fear the Lord, How is it that you remain outside of the visible Church? Come thou with us, etc.<\/p>\n<p>Let it be spoken <em>persuasively<\/em>. Use such reasoning as you can to prove that it is at once their duty and their privilege.<\/p>\n<p><em>Do it heartily<\/em>. Give a hearty, loving, warm invitation to those whom you believe to be your brethren and sisters in Christ.<\/p>\n<p><em>Do it repeatedly<\/em>, if once will not suffice. Hobab said he thought he would depart to his own land and his kindred, but Moses returned to the charge, and says, Leave us not, I pray thee.<\/p>\n<p>3. Let me call your attention to <em>a certain sense in which Christian men may address this invitation to all that they meet with<\/em>. Come thou with us, etc. Not come and join our church, etc. You cannot say that to any but to those in whom you see the fruits of the Spirit, but you may say, and you ought to say, to all persons of all classes on all sides, Come away from the seed of evil doers, cast in your lot with the people of God; leave the world, etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The main argumentthe most powerful incentive we can ever use isthat association with the Church of Christ will do those who enter into it good.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. The Church of God may say this, <em>because she can offer to those who join with her good company<\/em>. We will do thee good, for we will introduce you to the goodly fellowship of the saints, to a section of the general assembly and Church of the firstborn whose names are written in heaven, and whose work of faith, patience of hope, and labours of love are so spread abroad throughout the world, even where their memory is forgot, that we need not to speak anything.<\/p>\n<p>2. Come thou with us, and you shall have <em>good instruction<\/em>. The teaching of the Church shall do thee good; thou shalt hoar those glorious doctrines which shall build thee up in thy most holy faith.<\/p>\n<p>3. We will do the good <em>in the best sense, for thou shalt feel in our midst the good presence of God<\/em> (see <span class='bible'>Mat. 18:20<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>4. Come with us, <em>for you shall participate in the good offices of the Church<\/em>. If there he <em>prayer<\/em> thou shalt have thy share in it. In the true Church of God there is <em>sympathy<\/em>. If there be anything to be found in <em>ordinances<\/em>, thou shalt have a share of that good thing. If our <em>fellowship<\/em> be <em>with Christ<\/em>, thou shalt have a share in it. We invite thee to a pure brotherly fellowship, etc.<\/p>\n<p>6. But the good that Hobab was to get <em>was not only on the road<\/em>. He must have got a good deal of good on the road, etc. You shall get good on the road. But <em>Hobab went into the Promised Land with Gods people<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Jdg. 1:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jdg. 4:11<\/span>). So, the main blessing that you get from being united with the invisible Church of Christ <em>is reserved for the hereafter<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. Let all of us who belong to Christs Church take care to make this argument true.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>How have you carried out this silent compact which hat been made with the friends of Christ?<\/em> Come thou with us, and we, etc.<\/p>\n<p>1. You say this to <em>the poor members of the Church<\/em>. Has God prospered you? If thou knowest a brother in Christ whose need is pressing, open thine hand wide unto him; do him good in this respect.<\/p>\n<p>2. You old members of the Church have virtually promised to do good <em>to the young<\/em> members; will you not try to do so?<\/p>\n<p>3. Some of your fellow Christians <em>are faint-hearted;<\/em> they always look on the black side, etc. Do them good (<span class='bible'>Isa. 35:3-4<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>4. Some amongst your number will be <em>backsliders<\/em>. Watch over them (<span class='bible'>Gal. 6:1<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>5. Some in the Church may be <em>ignorant<\/em>. Hide his shortcomings and help his progress.<\/p>\n<p>6. There may be some <em>who are in a good deal of trouble<\/em>. If you never owned him a friend before, be to him a friend now.<\/p>\n<p>God grant us to be one with Christ, and to be one with His people, in time and in eternity.<em>C. H. Spurgeon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>COME THOU WITH US, AND WE WILL DO THEE GOOD.<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:29<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>Come thou with us, and we will do thee good.<\/p>\n<p>This passage expresses the essential spirit of Judaism. There are those in the Church who believe that Gods express aim in Judaism was to keep the Jewish people as separate from the world as possible; to keep them, like Noah, in an ark, while He plagued and punished the world at His will But I maintain, on the contrary, that Judaism was always genial to the stranger who would adopt its belief, and accept its blessings. From the evil which was in the world God was minded to keep the Jewish people free at any cost. From idolatry and its attendant pollutions He sought to deliver them, inasmuch as idolatry in the long run inevitably leads to national decline and death. To the stranger, the foreign person, or nation, who would dishonour its beliefs and trample on its blessings, Judaism was stern as Fate, and pitiless as Death. There was no weak pity for nations which had become so corrupt as to become inevitably corruptive, just as there is no weak pity in society for abandoned criminals now. How utterly, hopelessly, awfully profligate the Canaanitish nations were is narrated in <span class='bible'>Lev. 18:24-30<\/span>. The Jews were simply Gods executioners here, and the same doom, they are plainly warned, awaited them if they suffered themselves to be tempted into the same sins. I am persuaded that the more carefully the spirit of the dispensation is studied, the more plainly will it appear that it is expressed in our text. From Moses to Zechariah, it is a cry to the nations, not to rot in their own corruption,, COME THOU WITH US, AND WE WILL DO YOU GOOD.<\/p>\n<p>1. And this leads me to lay down this general principle<\/p>\n<p>Gods privileges, the gifts which He bestows, and the advantages which He confers on some, are never intended to be exclusive.<br \/>God calls all, He calls you. The banquet is spread for all, it is spread for you. The message is pressed on all, it is pressed on you.<br \/>It is a condition of high privilegeof great, eminent, glorious joy and hope. But if any man say, these privileges and hopes are mine, because I am happy enough to belong to a sealed number, to which poor sinners are not called, who are not privileged like me, he wrongs God, he wrongs Gods great Love, in his thoughts. If God gives to one man advantages which He denies to another, it is that the first may be His minister to bring that other to share in His joy. Unless a Church or a Christian be attracting men, ever saying to them by look, voice, manner, hand, Come with us and we will do thee good, it is simply doing what the Jews did, causing the name of God to be blasphemed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The invitation, Come with us and we will do thee good.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Come with us to the house of God<\/em>, I believe that God never gave to man a more blessed boon than the day of rest. But like all Gods other gifts, just in proportion to its preciousness is it despised and profaned by those to whom its ministries are most important, and its benediction most large and complete. It is not a <em>law<\/em> of the Sabbath which you are breaking, but something which it is yet more terrible to sin against, Gods loving and gracious counsel, in creating for you a day of rest, and guarding it as man cannot guard it by the most elaborate positive laws. I want you to feel how good the ordinance is, and to love it for its goodness, and to love the Lord who gave it, and who guards it by His Spirit in the Church.<\/p>\n<p>Read <span class='bible'>Gen. 2:1-3<\/span>. From what did God rest? From activity? Surely not; but simply from creation; from what under human conditions is conceived of as the toil of production. Comp. <span class='bible'>Joh. 5:16-17<\/span>. God rested; but His rest was the sustaining of the Creation, the upholding of the order, beauty, and fruitfulness of the world. And man is to rest in his measure like Goda rest of joyful, holy activity; the activity of that which is highest and most God-like in him; not the rest of a brute sleeping lazily before a fire. Man is a spirit, and mans spirit rests only in communing with God, and doing the Fathers mission.<\/p>\n<p>A God-fearing man, who gathers his household around him for prayer, and goes up with them to the house of God to worship and get fresh strength for the work of life, belongs at once to a higher class, Life means more to him and to his. Work means more, and produces more. Higher faculties are in play within him, higher joys and ends are within his reach  <em>Come with us to the house of God<\/em>. Learn with us wherein the true rest of a mans spirit consists, what it is which lightens lifes burdens, soothes its sorrows, sanctifies its discipline, and crowns its labours.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>Come with us to the word of truth<\/em>. I will suppose that sickness has entered your home. There is a fair young child, the darling of your heart, the little thing whose voice always welcomed you home at night, whose prattle never failed to cheer you as she sat on your knee by your fireside at tea. Death has marked her. Day after day you come home, and miss the familiar welcome; you steal up to the bedside, and watch with an agony, whose measure none can <em>guess<\/em> at, the swift progress of the destroyer. At length the moment of the last struggle comes. One choking gaspperhaps the word Father, Mother, seemed to form on her lips, and it is over. She lies there, fair as a lily, and as perishing; soon you have to bury her out of your sight. Tell me, will it hurt you then to open your Bible and read there that the glorious King of Heaven, the King who reigns in the world into which your darling has passedsaid once when a man upon earth, Suffer little children to come unto Me, etc.? Would it be a dark thought, that He who took them in His arms and blessed them, has there gathered your little lamb in His arms, and folded her in His bosom, with a tenderness which casts even yours into the shade?<\/p>\n<p>Or, let us say you have fallen into trouble. All around you is dark, and the prospect darker still; will it hurt or help you to open your Bible, and read the words of a man whose case was still darker, and, to a human eye, more hopeless than yours (<span class='bible'>Psa. 42:7-11<\/span>)? Or those words of the great Apostle on the meaning and end of the discipline we endure (<span class='bible'>Heb. 12:3-11<\/span>)? Or, it may be that the dear companion of your pilgrimage, the sharer of all your joys and sorrows through long and faithful years, lies dead at length; and you must write There I buried Rachel, in your way-book of life, and go sadly, tearfully, through the rest of your journey alone. I think that if she died in faith, in the faith and hope of the Gospel, in sure and certain hope of a joyful resurrection, these words will come home to your spirit with a strange grandeur and power as you stand by her new-made grave (<span class='bible'>1Co. 15:20-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Co. 15:50-58<\/span>). Or when you yourself grow old and weary, and see the form of the angel of death advancing, will it depress and distress you to read, The Lord is my shepherd, etc. (<span class='bible'>Psalms 23<\/span>)? There is no condition, there are no circumstances, for which blessed words are not to be found in that Bookwords such as no mere man could speak to you. Come with us to the word of truth.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>Come with us to the living Saviour.<\/em> One who can cure the disease of sin, renew the heart, reform the nature, kindle within the spirit the love of God, of truth, of purity, and inspire the hope of heavenly glory. For this the Lord came, wrestled, suffered, died, etc. (<span class='bible'>Heb. 7:24-25<\/span>). Come with us to the living Saviour; come and listen to His message of mercy; come, stand before the cross on Calvary, look on Him, whom you, too, have pierced, and mourn, and hear for yourself the blessed words, Thy faith hath saved thee, go in peace.<\/p>\n<p>4. <em>Come with us to our Fathers home on high<\/em>. The life struggle will soon be ended. It will soon seem but a slight matter to you how you struggled through. It is said of Pauls companions, Some on boards, some on broken pieces of the ship  they all escaped safe to land. It is a picture of the life-course of how many noble and faithful ones  Oh! the rapture of the moments when the feet first feel the touch of that blissful shore! The peril, the darkness, the battle, the anguish behind us for ever; before us, etc.<\/p>\n<p>Come with us to Him who is The Way. No man cometh unto the Father, or to His love, but by Him. Come with us to the Crossno Cross, no Crown. Come with us to the battleno battle, no victory. Come with us to the school of disciplineno suffering, no glory. Come with us and we will do you good, etc<em>J. Baldwin Brown, B.A<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>ON THE MARCH<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:33-36<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>The Israelites are departing from Sinai, and are marching on towards the Promised Land.<br \/>Consider:<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. The immense number on the march.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Moses speaks of them as the many thousands of Israel. Margin, as in Heb.: ten thousand thousands. In all there were about two-and-a-half millions of persons: an immense multitude to be marching through the desert. The greatness of the number of this pilgrim host illustrates the countless multitude of the redeemed of the Lord. Some men of small souls and narrow creeds have represented the number of the saved as comparatively small, an elect few only, and that of the lost as terribly large. Very different is the representation of the Sacred Scriptures. God so loved the world, etc. Christ died for all. Many shall come from the east and west, etc. In My Fathers house are many mansions. A great multitude, which no man could number, etc. <em>(a)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The bitter opposers of the march.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The Israelites had powerful foes to encounter and vanquish before they could possess the Promised Land. Of these enemies Moses speaks in our text: Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered, etc.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The enemies of this marching host are also the enemies of the God of the host<\/em>. Moses in his prayer says, Thine enemies. When Saul persecuted the early Christian Church, our Lord appearing to him, demanded, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me? He that toucheth you toucheth the apple of His eye. The Church is confronted and opposed by enemies to-day,the devil and his angels; the world which is led by him; and the lusts and passions of our carnal nature, oppose our heavenward march. Conflict is a condition of progress. We must fight if we would advance. The Lord accounts our enemies as His; combats them as His; and aids us that we may successfully meet and battle with them.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>That the opposition of the enemies arises from deep-rooted aversion to God<\/em>. Moses speaks of them as them that hate God. The spirit of Satan and the spirit of the world is still hostile to God, and to His people also in proportion to their loyal devotedness to Him. If the world hate you, said our Lord, ye know that it hated me, etc. (<span class='bible'>Joh. 16:18-19<\/span>). The world hath hated them, because they are not of the world. Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. Mark the awful depravity which is involved in this. How unspeakably terrible to hate truth, righteousness, and love! How much more terrible to hate Him who is infinite Truth and Righteousness, and Love! to bate the Supremely Holy and Kind! The Church of Christ is opposed now by enemies who are inveterate in their hatred to God, and to the people of God. <em>(b)<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The victorious Leader of the march.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Their Leader was Divine<\/em>. The Ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them. Keil and Del.: Jehovah still did as He had already done on the way to Sinai (<span class='bible'>Exo. 13:21-22<\/span>): He went before them in the pillar of cloud, according to His promise (<span class='bible'>Exo. 33:13-14<\/span>), on their journey from Sinai to Canaan; with this simple difference, however, that henceforth the cloud that embodied the presence of Jehovah was connected with the Ark of the covenant, as the visible throne of His gracious presence, which had been appointed by Jehovah Himself. To this end the Ark of the covenant was carried separately from the rest of the sacred things, in front of the whole army; so that the cloud which went before them floated above the Ark, leading the procession, and regulating its movements and the direction it took in such a manner that the permanent connection between the cloud and the sanctuary might be visibly manifested even during their march. The Lord Himself led them in all their journeyings. He is still the infallible and gracious Leader of His people.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>Their leader was victorious<\/em>. He had, as it were, but to arise and the enemies were scattered, and fled in dismay. The enemies of the Church are unable to stand before the Captain of our salvation. When He leads us onward we march to certain victory. We are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. <em>(c)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>3. <em>His lead was earnestly desired<\/em>. Moses prayed for it: Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered, &amp;c. The prayer implies the consciousness of weakness and inability. Moses and the hosts of Israel were not sufficient of themselves to cope with their enemies. And as we look upon our foes to-day we may adopt the language of Jehoshaphat: WE have no might against this great company that cometh against us, neither know we what to do; but our eyes are upon Thee.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. The abiding Presence of God on the march.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>And when it rested, he said. Return, O Lord, unto the many thousands of Israel. On the march the Lord in the symbol of His Presence went before them, and when they encamped He abode with them. The presence of the Lord continued with them.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The welfare of the Church of God depends upon His presence in their midst<\/em>. Apart from Me, said Christ, ye can do nothing.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The continuous Presence of God is promised to His Church<\/em>. Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you for ever. <em>(d)<\/em><\/p>\n<p>3. <em>The continuous presence of God should be sought by the Church in earnest prayer<\/em>. The promise of His presence should prove a basis of confidence and an encouragement to prayer.<\/p>\n<p>Conclusion:<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>Let the enemies of the Lord submit themselves to Him<\/em>. Kiss the Son, lest He be angry, etc.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>Let every member of the pilgrim-host seek to realize constantly the victorious and blessed Presence of the Lord<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>ILLUSTRATIONS<\/em><\/p>\n<p><em>(a)<\/em> When these words are set before us as descriptive of the heavenly state, it can hardly fail but that the first thing on which the mind shall fasten will be the expressiona great multitude, which no man could number. It is so in regard of parallel sayingsIn My Fathers house are many mansions; and, many shall come from the east and from the west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the kingdom of heaven. A great multitude!many mansions!many shall come! But what are many in the Divine arithmetic? Doubtless, thousands, and tens of thousandsyea, an innumerable company. Many are the worlds scattered through immensitywho shall reckon them? Many are the leaves of the earths forestswho shall compute them? Many are the grains of sand on the sea shorewho shall count them up? Neither may we think to compass the multitude that St. John saw before the throne and before the Lamb. Indeed, he tells us this, when he adds, which no man could number. But it is a comforting thing to be told that a great multitudenot great on a mere human estimate, but great on a Divineshall press into the inheritance purchased by Christs blood. Then, not only is heaven no narrow, no contracted spot; but, on the contrary, spacious enough for myriads upon myriads of happy beings. But these myriads upon myriads shall be there; the vast expanse shall not stand empty, but shall be occupied by a rejoicing and adequate assembly! It is a refreshing thing to look away for a moment from the strife and uncharitableness of human systems and conclusions, each dispensed to narrow heaven within its own pale and party, to behold a multitude such as no man could number, entering by the gate into the everlasting city. There is something unspeakably cheering in the contrast between the representation furnished in our text, and that derived from the exclusive systems of miscalled theology. If heaven ware to be peopled according to the estimate of self-opiniated sects; if human judgments were to settle who shall be priviled to find place within its precincts; not many, but few; it may be very few would constitute the celestial assembly. I kindle at the thought of there being a great multitude in heaven, A <em>great<\/em> multitude! There is room for us! A <em>great<\/em> multitude! There will be no deficiency without us. We can be spared. The loss will be ours! but, O! what a loss!<em>Henry Melville, B.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(b)<\/em> Our field of conflict is different from that on which men oppose each other. It comprises the whole unseen realm. All the secret roads, and paths, and avenues, in which spirits dwell, are filled with a great invisible host. These are our adversaries. And they are all the more dangerous because they are invisible. Subtle are they. We are unconscious of their presence. They come, they go; they assail, they retreat; they plan, they attack, they withdraw; they carry on all the processes by which they mean to suborn or destroy us, without the possibility of our seeing them. When, in physical warfare, the enemy that is over against us establishes the line of a new redoubt, we can see that; and when a new battery is discovered, a battery may be planted opposite to it; but no engineering can trace these invisible engineers or their work. And there is something very august in the thought that the most transcendent powers in the universe, that fill time and space, are removed from the ordinary sight and inspection of men.<em>H. W. Beecher<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(c)<\/em> Just when the battle was about to turn with the Ironsides, and the Cavaliers were coming on with one of Ruperts hot charges ready to break the line, and the brave old Ironsides were half inclined to turn, up came the General, old Noll, riding on his horse, and they passed the word along, Tis he, boys! here he comes! and every man grew into a giant at once; they stood like iron column, like walls of granite, and the Cavaliers as they came on broke like waves against rocks and dashed away, and were heard of no more. It was the presence of the man that fired each soldier. And so it is now with us. We believe in Jesus Christ. We know that He is with His Church. He was dead, but rose again. He has gone to heaven, but His Spirit is with us,King of kings and Lord of lords is He. If He seems to sleep in the midst of our ship, yet He sleeps with His hand on the helm, and He will steer the vessel rightly; and now the love that we boar His name steers our souls to holiness, to self-denial, to seek after God, to make full proof of the faith and fellowship of the Gospel, to seek to become like God, and to he absorbed into God that He may be all in all. This is what was wanteda stimulus potent enough, under Gods grace, to break through the barriers of sin.<em>C. H. Spurgeon<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>Is the strife long and hard? Long and hard it would be, to be ever defeated. But Christ shall lighten it for <em>thee<\/em>. He will bear it in <em>thee;<\/em> He will bear thee over it, as He will bear thee over the molten surges of this burning world. Christ will go before thee. He saith unto <em>thee<\/em>, Follow Me, and where I am, there shall <em>thou<\/em> be with Me Follow <em>thou<\/em> Me Be of good cheer-, I have overcome the world If Christ be for us, who shall be against us? Safely mayest thou fight, who art secure of victory. And thou <em>art<\/em> safe, if thou fight for Christ, and with Christ, Only give not way. If defeated, be the humbler, and rise again; begin again, and pray to persevere. If thou succeed, give thanks to Him who giveth us the victory, through Jesus Christ our Lord. And He will, by His Blood, intercede for thee; He will, by His grace, fight <em>in<\/em> thee; He will keep thee unto the end, who Himself crowneth, and is crowned, in all who are faithful to His grace.<em>Dr. Pusey<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><em>(d)<\/em> It is one of the fundamental things in godliness to know and realize the continual presence with us of the great Unseen Spirit. A thousand foes beleaguer my soul, and lie in wait, and assault it through the gases of sense, A thousand fears rise up in my path to terrify me, and a thousand smiling joys to seduce and allure me. But to be <em>as seeing Him who is invisible<\/em>what a defence against fear! What a perennial, full-flowing spring of joy and strength and calmness and purity! How it sustains the soul in trouble, whether in the fierce, tumultuous storm-blast, or in the slow years of weary sorrow, creeping on with sluggish pace! There is a little garret roomI recall what I have seenwith a single window looking out to the smoke and chimneys of a great city. The marks of poverty are abundant in its worn and scanty furniture. A few sickly flowers are in the window, testifying to the longing which never deserts even the most afflicted, to have but a glimpse of Natures sweet face, or but the edge of her smile. There is a rough couch in the room, and a thin, pale, wasted woman lies upon it. For years she has scarcely risen from that bed. For years she has been subject to wasting pain. Her friends are seldom with her; they are poor, and cannot afford the luxury of constantly attending her. But her long trouble has not soured her. Her room is perhaps the happiest and lightsomest in the whole city. Go in upon her when you may, you find the same calm contentment, the same sweet, chastened look, the same quiet, all but celestial peace. Poor caged bird, she sings to God as gladly as the dark at heaven-gates. If one could take down the words she utters and the tone in which they are utteredif one could tell the heavenly thoughts that are unspoken, and that give the celestial calmness to that marble brow, the world might learn the blessed joy and power of a sense of Gods constant nearness. Nevertheless I am continually with Thee; Thou hast holden me by my right hand.<em>James Culross, AM., D.D<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>THE MARCH<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:35<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>I think I shall be warranted in using the text in three ways:<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. This has been the watchword of the Church of God in all ages.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The people of God in the wilderness were the picture of Gods Church upon earth. We are strangers and foreigners upon earth; we are pilgrims and sojourners as all our fathers were. Here we have no abiding city. We seek a city that hath foundations, etc.<\/p>\n<p>Albeit that they had no habitation except their tents, yet is it true of Israel in the wilderness that they always had an habitation. (Comp. <span class='bible'>Psa. 90:1<\/span>.) Wherever they were, God was their dwelling place. Gods wings were always over them; He carried them all the days of old, and they did really rest and dwell in Him. This, too, is true of the entire Church; always wandering, yet never far from home; unhoused, yet always in palaces, etc.<\/p>\n<p>In another point the people of God in the wilderness were the picture of the Church of Christ. Wherever they marched, when God went before them, they marched to victory. Even so hath it been with the Church of God in all ages; her march has been that of one who is fair as the moon, clear as the sun, and terrible as an army with banners. Her path is the pathway of a conqueror; her march has been a procession of triumph. Let me show how this war-cry has really been heard of God and has been fulfilled to all His people. Shall not this be our song to-day? Let but God go forth with our armies; let Him but speak through our ministers; let Him but dwell in our elders; let Him but make the bodies or our Church members His temples, and His enemies must be scattered, and they must consume away.<br \/>Quietly, for the edification of each Christian, let me remark that this prayer will suit your personal difficulties. Have you been in conflict lately? Can you not deliver yourself? Pray, Rise up, <em>Lord<\/em>, etc. Do your doubts prevail? Has your faith suffered an eclipse? Say, Rise up Lord. All that is wanted in the darkest night to clear it away is for the sun to rise. Are you serving God in some particular work where many are seeking to undo all that you can accomplish? Has the Lord commanded you to some special work, and do friends discourage and enemies abuse? This prayer may suit you, <em>Rise up Lord<\/em>. His uprising is enough, etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. We shall now take the text in its reference to Christ.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Scripture is the best expounder of Scripture. The diamond is not to be cut except with a diamond. The sixty-eighth Psalm informs us that the moving of the Ark, from the lower place to the city of David, was typical of the ascending of Christ into heaven. How dense must have been the gloom over the fearing hearts of the Church when they saw their King, their Head dragged away, and nailed ignominiously to the tree, and how dead must all their hopes have been when at last He bowed His head and gave up the ghost! Was it not the day of hells triumph, the hour of earths despair, the moment of heavens defeat? No; it was the reverse of all this. That moment when Christ died, He gave the death-blow to all His enemies. If the Church had had faith, they might have come early on the dawn of the first day in the week, and standing outside the tomb, they might have begun to sing, Rise up, Lord, etc.<br \/>He rises, and in that moment <em>sin<\/em> dies. The resurrection of Christ was Gods acceptance of Christs sacrifice. He rose again for our justification. Nor was sin alone that day scattered. Did not all the hosts of <em>hell<\/em> flee before Him? When He rose, blank despair sat on the face of every fiend. Where was that day the boast of <em>death<\/em>? Had Christ remained in the jaws of death, then had the redeemed remained the bond slaves of death too; but He lives. Blessed are they that sleep, for they shall rise too.<\/p>\n<p>Nor was this all. After Christ had thus risen you will remember that He rose again. He rose from the grave to earthHe next rose from earth to heaven. (Comp. <span class='bible'>Psa. 24:7-10<\/span>.) On, on He rides; having scattered for ever all His enemies; having put all things under His feet, and being crowned King of kings, and Lord of lords.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. What message has this text for us, and how may we use it?<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><em>C. H. Spurgeon.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>THE CHURCH AND ITS ENEMIES<\/p>\n<p>(<em><span class='bible'>Num. 10:35-36<\/span><\/em>)<\/p>\n<p>The Almighty is here represented under two very different characters; as a God of terror, and as a God of grace.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. That the Church of God has had enemies in every age.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>This is accounted for in three ways:<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The favours they received<\/em>. God has set His heart upon His people; He bestows much on them, and expects much from them. This creates envy. Josephs brethren hated him because he was the favourite. This evil principle soon grows into opposition and mischief.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The principles they professed<\/em>. They were the only true principles; they worshipped the only true God, and therefore their conduct condemned all other modes of worshipall idolatry, and those sins which the nations committed.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>The expectations which they cherished<\/em>. These were deemed vain. Are these to become universal conquerors? Come, let us rise up against them, and destroy them. And does not this bear a resemblance to the good in the present age? Have they not enemies? Are they not a chosen people? Are not their principles peculiar, and their expectations large? The Church not only has outward enemies, but she has civil discords, inward commotiens, secret foes.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. That the enemies of the Church are considered the enemies of God.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The Church is intimately connected with Gods dealings in a providential and merciful way, for He is near to His people (<span class='bible'>Deu. 32:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 63:9<\/span>). He sustains tender and intimate relations to the Church, hence her foes become His.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. That when God rises up to judgment the destruction of His enemies is easy, terrible, and complete.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The Divine Being is here spoken of as rising up to judgment; this is figurative language, but indicates peril and alarm. But let us consider the second part of the prayer.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>That when God is represented as proceeding to acts of justice, it intimates that He is departing from the ordinary course of His dispensations<\/em>. Judgment is His strange work. He is said to come out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth. He takes no pleasure in the death of a sinner.<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>That the aggregate number of the Lords people is by no means inconsiderable<\/em>. I have no sympathy with that spirit which would straiten the gate already straight. Some unduly limit the number of Israel: <\/p>\n<p>(1) Because the limits of their observation are contracted. <br \/>(2) Because the people of God are widely dispersed and scattered. <br \/>(3) Because their own prejudices often un-Christianize those whom God designs we should encourage. <br \/>(4) Because we do not know how many Christians are concealed in the grave.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. That the constant abode of God with His Church is an object of their supreme desire.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Return, O Lord.<\/p>\n<p>1. Let us learn from this passage the condescension and grace of God in that He will dwell with us.<br \/>2. Let each of us inquire whether we are amongst the many thousands of Israel.<br \/>3. What comfort should this give to the Church amidst her many trials.<br \/>4. This subject affords to the enemies of the Church a motive for seeking re-concilation with God.<em>George Clayton. From The Homiletic Quarterly.<\/em><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Preacher&#8217;s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>F. THE SILVER TRUMPETS (<\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Num. 10:1-10<\/span><\/strong><strong>)<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>TEXT<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:1<\/span>. And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, 2. Make these two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece shalt thou make them: that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps. 3. And when they shall blow with them, all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. 4. And if they blow but with one trumpet, then the princes, which are heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee. 5. When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east parts shall go forward. 6. When ye blow an alarm the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarm for their journeys. 7. But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm. 8. And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be to you for an ordinance for ever throughout your generations. 9. And if ye go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets; and ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. 10. Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God: I am the Lord your God.<\/p>\n<p><strong>PARAPHRASE<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num. 10:1<\/span>. And the Lord spoke unto Moses, saying, 2. Make two trumpets of silver; of one beaten piece each, you shall make them. You shall use them to call the congregation, and for the traveling of the camps. 3. And when they blow them, all the congregation shall gather themselves to you at the door of the Tent of Meeting. 4. If they blow only one trumpet, then the princes, heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves to you. 5. When you blow an alarm, the camps that lie on the east side shall go forward. 6. When you blow the second alarm, the camps that lie on the south side shall go forward: they shall blow an alarm for their travels. 7. But when the congregation is to be assembled, you shall blow, but you shall not sound an alarm. 8. And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow the trumpets; and they shall be a law for you forever throughout your generations. 9. And if you go to war in your land against an oppressor enemy, you shall sound an alarm with the trumpets; and you shall be remembered before the Lord God, and you shall be saved from your enemies, 10, Also, in the day of your gladness and in your feast days, and in the beginnings of your months, you shall blow the trumpets over your burnt offerings and over the sacrifices of the peace offerings, so that they may be a memorial to you before your God: I am the Lord your God.<\/p>\n<p><strong>COMMENTARY<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The trumpet named here, the chatsotserah, was almost certainly a long slender tube of silver with a widened mouth. Two other trumpets were known, the cheren and the shophar, both curved after the general shape of the rams horn; often they were actually the rams horn itself. Two of the trumpets are prescribed, doubtless giving distinctive sounds in order that even a single blast might be recognized at once.<\/p>\n<p>Since the signal for Israel to move from one place to another was the removal of the cloud and pillar, trumpets might seem unnecessary. The purpose of the instruments was not simply to signal movement, but to give an orderly method for the tribes to follow as they disbanded their sites. They further served to call the entire assembly together for any special occasions, for announcements, or for hearing the Lords instructions in a given situation: unique signals were also established for summoning the princes of the tribes to receive their personal advice from Moses and Aaron.<\/p>\n<p>When the signal of the trumpets designated a forward march, the first sound called the tribes from the east of the Tabernacle: Judah, Issachar and Zebulun. The sound was a long, unbroken note, distinguished from short, sharp tones as in <span class='bible'>Num. 10:7<\/span>. The second signal called Reuben, Simeon and Gad from the south. For some unknown reason, the order in which the western and northern tribes is not given; the LXX assigns the west to the third signal, and the northern three to the final blast.<\/p>\n<p>Since the trumpets were to be used only for religious purposes, they were to be kept as sacred utensils; their use was restricted to the sons of Aaron. When they were sounded under the circumstances of war, it was to summon the soldierssuch would have been impossible in Canaan with the tribes widely scattered, and only two trumpetsit was to pronounce to Israel that they were dependent upon Jehovah in battle, cf. <span class='bible'>Num. 31:6<\/span> and <span class='bible'>2Ch. 13:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch. 13:14<\/span>. When they were sounded to call the congregation of Israel into holy assembly, it was in conjunction with the designated feasts, at the start of each month, and at appropriate times during the offerings of those days. Later sacred history records that the trumpets were also blown on some very auspicious occasions: when the ark of the covenant was removed from the tent of Obed-edom unto the tent prepared for it by David (<span class='bible'>1Ch. 15:24<\/span> ff.); it was sounded when Solomons temple was dedicated (<span class='bible'>2Ch. 5:12<\/span>Solomon had here increased the number to 120 trumpets and 120 priests); when the foundation of the second temple was laid (<span class='bible'>Ezr. 3:10<\/span>); at the consecration of the walls of Jerusalem (<span class='bible'>Neh. 12:35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh. 12:41<\/span>); as well as other occasions of the festivals <span class='bible'>Num. 29:27<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>QUESTIONS AND RESEARCH ITEMS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>170.<\/p>\n<p>Describe the kind of horn used for setting Israel forth on their journeying, and compare it to the other types of trumpets we know about from that time.<\/p>\n<p>171.<\/p>\n<p>For what reasons were the trumpets assigned to the sons of Aaron?<\/p>\n<p>172.<\/p>\n<p>Why were only two trumpets designated for the use to which these are ascribed?<\/p>\n<p>173.<\/p>\n<p>Differentiate between the type of sound made for marching orders and the sound which called the princes of the congregation together.<\/p>\n<p>174.<\/p>\n<p>How did the sounding of the trumpets contribute to the orderly process of marching?<\/p>\n<p>175.<\/p>\n<p>For what regular, ordinary purposes were the trumpets blown?<\/p>\n<p>176.<\/p>\n<p>What was the primary reason for blowing the trumpets at the time of war?<\/p>\n<p>177.<\/p>\n<p>What corollary promise did the Lord make unto Israel if they would faithfully remember to sound the trumpets before confronting their enemies in battle?<\/p>\n<p>178.<\/p>\n<p>List the occasions upon which the trumpets were used in later history, beyond those originally prescribed.<\/p>\n<p>179.<\/p>\n<p>What alteration did Solomon make in the number of trumpets and trumpeters when the temple was consecrated?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> PART SECOND.<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> THE SILVER SIGNAL TRUMPETS, <span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p> The necessity of some system of signals is manifest when we consider the vastness of an assemblage of more than two millions of people. These signals, except the cloudy pillar, could not be successfully addressed to the eye in consequence of the unevenness of the ground over which the vast column must travel and on which they must spread their widely extended camp. Moreover, the pillar, the visible symbol of Jehovah&rsquo;s guiding presence, was not designed to convey the minor directions requisite in the management of so vast a number, but only to indicate the beginning, course, and halting of the march. Hence a system of signals addressed to the ear is devised to communicate from the tabernacle to the various divisions of this grand army.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Num 10:2<\/span><\/p>\n<p><strong> 2<\/strong>. <strong> <\/strong> <strong> Trumpets of silver <\/strong> There is no hint here of their form, but it is believed that the straight trumpets on the Arch of Titus at Rome are the exact representation of the priests&rsquo; signal trumpets. See <span class='bible'>Num 4:9<\/span>, wood-cut. None but straight trumpets are found on the old Egyptian monuments. <\/p>\n<p><strong> Of a whole piece <\/strong> &ldquo;Of beaten work.&rdquo; <em> Keil <\/em> and <em> R.V. <\/em> &ldquo;Turned, rounded, or carved work.&rdquo; <em> Furst. <\/em> It is supposed that the number was limited to two because there were but two sons of Aaron who were to use them.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Whedon&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Chapter 10 The Silver Trumpets And The Commencement of Their Journeying.<\/strong> <\/p>\n<p> The problem for any large company on the march in those days was communication. In the case of Israel this was partly resolved by the use of two silver trumpets, by the blowing of which quick messages could be rapidly imparted over a wide area. <\/p>\n<p> Note again the chiastic arrangement. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> The general purposes of the trumpets (<span class='bible'>Num 10:1-2<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> When they were blown the congregation would gather, one blast will call up the princes (<span class='bible'>Num 10:3-4<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> A blast will cause those on the east to journey (<span class='bible'>Num 10:5<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> c <\/strong> A second blast will cause those on the south to journey (<span class='bible'>Num 10:6<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> b <\/strong> When the assembly was to gather together they were to be blown &#8211; note the reverse order (<span class='bible'>Num 10:7<\/span>). <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3.6em'><strong> a <\/strong> The general purpose of the trumpets (<span class='bible'>Num 10:8-10<\/span>) <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:1<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying,&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> As ever this resulted from Yahweh&rsquo;s words to Moses. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:2<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;Make yourself two trumpets of silver; of beaten work shall you make them, and you shall use them for the calling of the congregation, and for the journeying of the camps.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> Two trumpets were to be made of beaten silver. They were to be used for the calling together of all the men in the camp for worship or consultation, or just for calling the princes of the tribe, or for giving indications about moving forward. Trumpets were used in Egypt for similar purposes in 16th-11th century BC. While we do not know what these were like we do know what they were like centuries later. They were then straight pipes, about 45 centimetres (18 inches) long, and flared at the end. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:3<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And when they shall blow them, all the congregation shall gather themselves to you at the door of the tent of meeting.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> The normal signal, possibly two or three blasts, would call together the whole congregation at the door of the Tent of meeting. They would gather around the Dwellingplace. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:4<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And if they blow but one, then the princes, the heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves to you.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> One sharp blast would be a signal for the princes, those who were over tribes and sub tribes, to gather. Each tribe was here seen as &lsquo;an &rsquo;eleph&rsquo;. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:5<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And when you blow an alarm, the camps that lie on the east side shall take their journey.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> A different type of blast would be a signal to be on the move. The first such blast would be the signal for the camps that lay on the east side to commence their journey. These would be the tribes in association with Judah. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:6<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And when you blow an alarm the second time, the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey. They shall blow an alarm for their journeys.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> A second similar blast would indicate that it was time for those on the south side to move forward. These were the tribes in association with Reuben. Presumably the system continued for the western and northern tribes. The northern tribes in association with Dan moved last because they guarded against any unexpected attack from the north at a time when they might be vulnerable. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:7<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;But when the assembly is to be gathered together, you shall blow, but you shall not sound an alarm.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> However the calling of the assembly would be by a different kind of blast. It would not be an alarm signal. &lsquo;The assembly&rsquo; here might signify the whole of the people, in contrast with the men (&lsquo;the congregation&rsquo;) or vice versa. The terms tend to be used interchangeably. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:8<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow the trumpets; and they shall be to you for a statute for ever throughout your generations.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> The blowing of the trumpets was to be by the sons of Aaron. This was to a permanently fixed practise into the distant future. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:9<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;And when you go to war in your land against the adversary who oppresses you, then you shall sound an alarm with the trumpets, and you shall be remembered before Yahweh your God, and you shall be saved from your enemies.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> They were assured that the sounding of the alarm when in battle against oppressors would be heard not only by their men, but by Yahweh. He would hear, and remember them, and move to deliver them. Sounding the silver trumpets would, among other things, be like a prayer directed to Yahweh. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:10<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;Also in the day of your gladness, and in your set feasts, and in the beginnings of your months, you shall blow the trumpets over your whole burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace-offerings, and they shall be to you for a memorial before your God. I am Yahweh your God.&rsquo; <\/p>\n<p> The trumpets would also be sounded at their feasts and at times of rejoicing and at the beginning of each moon period. This time with a glad note. They would be sounded over their whole burnt offerings, and over their sacrifices, and would be a reminder to them that they were being brought into remembrance before their God. And their God was Yahweh. <\/p>\n<p> Our trumpets are our prayers which bring us into remembrance before God. And for us the final trumpet will sound when we are called to be with Him at His second coming when we will &lsquo;march forward&rsquo; to the heavenly land (<span class='bible'>1Th 4:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 24:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Co 15:52<\/span>). That will sound a glad note indeed. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:1-36<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The Order of the Wilderness March <\/strong> In <span class='bible'>Num 8:1-26<\/span> the Lord sets in order the march for the tribes of Israel. In <span class='bible'>Num 2:1-34<\/span> the Lord had set in order the encampment of the tribes around the Tabernacle.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:11-36<\/strong><\/span> <strong> Israel&rsquo;s First Three-Day Journey <span class='bible'>Num 10:11-36<\/span><\/strong> describes Israel&rsquo;s first three-day journey from Mount Sinai to the Wilderness of Paran.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:11<\/strong><\/span> <strong> &nbsp;And it came to pass on the twentieth day of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span><\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> How long did the Children of Israel camp at Mount Sinai? They camped there almost one full year. In <span class='bible'>Exo 19:1<\/span> we see that they arrived in the third month of the first year. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Exo 19:1<\/span>, &ldquo;In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> In <span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span> they left Mount Sinai on the twentieth day of the second month of the second year.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span>, &ldquo;And it came to pass on the twentieth day of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:17<\/strong><\/span> <strong> &nbsp;And the tabernacle was taken down; and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set forward, bearing the tabernacle.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:17<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> Levi carried the building and the curtains of the Tabernacle.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:18-21<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The Three Tribes on the South of the Ark &#8211;<\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> Three tribes camped on south of the ark, but marched in second rank.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:22-24<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The Three Tribes on the West of the Ark &#8211;<\/strong> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> Three tribes camped and marched on west of the ark, but marched in the third rank. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:25-27<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The Three Tribes on the North of the Ark &#8211; <\/strong> Three tribes camped and marched north of the ark, but marched in the rear.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:29-32<\/strong><\/span> <strong> Moses Invites His Father-in-Law to Join Him <\/strong> In <span class='bible'>Num 10:29-32<\/span> Moses invites his father-in-law Hobab to join him and travel with the Israelites in the wilderness journey. <em> Josephus<\/em> calls him by the name Raguel and Jethro, telling us that he did in fact accompany Moses in the wilderness.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&ldquo;Now when Raguel, Moses&rsquo;s father-in-law, understood in what a prosperous condition his affairs were, he willingly came to meet him&rdquo; ( <em> Antiquities <\/em> 3.3)<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&ldquo;They also gave land for habitation to the posterity of Jethro, the Midianite, who was the father-in-law to Moses; for they had left their own country, and followed them, and accompanied them in the wilderness.&rdquo; ( <em> Antiquities<\/em> 5.2.3)<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:29<\/strong><\/span> <strong> &nbsp;And Moses said unto Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses&#8217; father in law, We are journeying unto the place of which the LORD said, I will give it you: come thou with us, and we will do thee good: for the LORD hath spoken good concerning Israel. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:29<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> The children of Israel were being sent by the Lord to take the Promised Land. The forty-year wilderness journey was imposed upon them after their doubt and stubbornness. Initially, this trip from Mount Sinai was intended to move them directly into the Promised Land.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:30<\/strong><\/span> <strong> &nbsp;And he said unto him, I will not go; but I will depart to mine own land, and to my kindred. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:30<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> An elderly person has a much more difficult time leaving his roots that does a young person. Youth are looking for an adventure, while the elderly simply want to rest in peace in a place of familiarity.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:33-36<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The Ark of the Covenant Leads Israel <span class='bible'>Num 10:33-36<\/span><\/strong> recounts Israel&rsquo;s first three-day journey; however the emphasis is placed not upon the movement of the twelve tribes, but upon the ark of the covenant.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Num 10:33<\/strong><\/span> <strong> &nbsp;And they departed from the mount of the LORD three days&#8217; journey: and the ark of the covenant of the LORD went before them in the three days&#8217; journey, to search out a resting place for them.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Num 10:33<\/span><\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The Ark was carried in the front during the march.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong><\/p>\n<p><\/strong> The Use of the Silver Trumpets<strong><\/p>\n<p> v. 1. And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying,<\/strong> <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 2. Make thee two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece shalt thou make them;<\/strong> they were apparently straight trumpets, made of wrought silver, in chased work; <strong> that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly and for the journeying of the camps. <\/strong> These trumpets were intended to give all the official signals to the army of God, but their chief purpose was to sound the signal for departure. Those pictured on the triumphal arch of Titus at Rome may not have been the original ones, but they were undoubtedly exact copies of those used for so many centuries by the Jewish people. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 3. And when they shall blow with them,<\/strong> that is, with both at the same time, <strong> all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation,<\/strong> for a meeting of all the people. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 4. And if they,<\/strong> the priests, <strong> blow but with one trumpet, then the princes, which are heads of the thousands of Israel,<\/strong> <span class='bible'>Num 1:5-16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 18:21<\/span>, <strong> shall gather themselves unto thee. <\/strong> This distinction could easily be remembered. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 5. When ye blow an alarm,<\/strong> in a protracted peal or blast, <strong> then the camps that lie on the east parts shall go forward,<\/strong> the tribes under the leadership of Judah, which formed the vanguard of the entire army. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 6. When ye blow an alarm,<\/strong> a protracted peal, <strong> the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey,<\/strong> the tribes under the leadership of Reuben; <strong> they shall blow an alarm for their journeys. <\/p>\n<p>v. 7. But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow,<\/strong> in single, interrupted blasts, on both trumpets, <strong> but ye shall not sound an alarm. <\/p>\n<p>v. 8. And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets,<\/strong> it was a function which could be discharged by them only; <strong> and they shall be to you for an ordinance forever throughout your generations,<\/strong> the trumpets should be used by all their descendants, so long as their church would endure. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 9. And if ye go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets,<\/strong> long-drawn blasts intended to call the people together and to inspire them with courage in shaking off the yoke of tyranny<strong> ; and ye shall be remembered before the Lord, your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies;<\/strong> the peals of the trumpets, assisted by the prayers of the faithful, would bring the people into the gracious remembrance of the Lord, who would help them against their oppressors. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 10. Also in the day of your gladness,<\/strong> upon occasions of great joy, <strong> and in your solemn days,<\/strong> at the times when they were directed to have solemn assemblies, <strong> and in the beginnings of your months,<\/strong> on the new moon, <strong> ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings and over the sacrifices of your peace-offerings,<\/strong> this being the distinguishing mark of the festival sacrifices on the occasions noted; <strong> that they may be to you for a memorial before your God,<\/strong> to bring the people and their offerings into remembrance before Jehovah. <strong> I am the Lord, your God. <\/strong> As the silver trumpets were subsequently used by the children of Israel, not only in sounding for the attack in battle, but on all festival occasions, so the bells of the Christian churches proclaim and celebrate the sacred days and seasons, the times set aside for the public proclamation and learning of the Gospel. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>EXPOSITION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SILVER<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPETS<\/strong> (<span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>And the Lord spake. <\/strong>The command to make the silver trumpets is introduced here, because one principal use of them was connected with the order of march. It does not necessarily, follow that the command was actually given exactly at this time, or that all the different directions for use formed part of one communication. They may have been gathered together for convenience sake. See the Introduction on this subject. It is, however, a mistake to suppose that this use of trumpets has been anticipated in Le <span class='bible'>Num 25:9<\/span>, or elsewhere, for the &#8220;trumpets&#8221; there mentioned were altogether different in shape, as in material.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Make thee two trumpets. <\/strong>Hebrew, <em>khatsotserah. <\/em>From the testimony of Josephus, from the representation on the arch of Titus, and from a comparison of ancient Egyptian trumpets, it is clear that these trumpets were straight, long, and narrow, with an expanded mouth. The <em>shophar, <\/em>or trumpet of the Jubilee, on the other hand, was a buccina or cornet, either made of a ram&#8217;s horn, or shaped like one. <strong>Of a whole piece.<\/strong> Rather, &#8220;of beaten work.&#8221; Hebrew, mikshah (see on <span class='bible'>Exo 25:18<\/span>). Septuagint,   <em>. <\/em>Probably they were made of a single plate of silver beaten out into the required shape, which was very simple.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>When they shall blow with them,<\/strong> <em>i.e; <\/em>with both of them. All the assembly, <em>i.e; <\/em>by their natural or customary representatives.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:5<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>When ye blow an alarm.<\/strong> Hebrew, . This seems to signify a continuous peal, easily distinguished, wherever audible, from the blowing in short, sharp tones (Hebrew, ) mentioned below, <span class='bible'>Num 10:7<\/span>. The peal of alarm was to be blown&#8221;for their breaking up&#8221;for that purpose, and no other. The camps. Only those on the east (Judah, with Issachar and Zebulun) and on the south (Reuben, with Simeon and Gad) are here mentioned. It may be that the silver trumpets themselves were carried with the sacred utensils after the southern camps, and that some other means were employed to start the remaining tribes; or it may be that the omission is due to some accidental circumstance. The Septuagint inserts in <span class='bible'>Num 10:6<\/span>, &#8220;And ye shall sound a third alarm, and the camps which are pitched westwards shall move; and ye shall sound a fourth alarm, and the camps which are pitched northwards shall move.&#8221; No doubt this was the actual order of starting, however the signal was given.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:8<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow.<\/strong> It was natural that they should be made responsible for the custody and use of these trumpets, not because their sound represented the voice of God, but because they were used for religious purposes, and could only be safely kept in the sanctuary. <strong>An ordinance forever.<\/strong> The accustomed formula for some sacred institution which was to have a permanent character and an eternal meaning (cf. <span class='bible'>Exo 12:24<\/span>). The truth of these words cannot be exhausted by an actual use of 1500 years, followed by complete disuse for 1800 years. The &#8220;ordinance&#8221; of the silver trumpets must be perpetuated &#8220;forever&#8221; in the gospel, or else the Divine word has failed.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:9<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>If ye go to war. <\/strong> , &#8220;come into war,&#8221; or &#8220;be engaged,&#8221; denoting actual hostilities. <strong>In your land.<\/strong> The practical use of the trumpets ceased with the years of wandering; the ceremonial use was continued as long as the people dwelt in &#8220;their land;&#8221; the spiritual use remains an &#8220;ordinance for ever,&#8221; as long as the Church is militant here on earth. That the use of the two silver trumpets was ceremonial, and not practical, after the conquest of Canaan is evident from the purpose and effect ascribed to that use. Whether in war or in worship, that purpose was <em>not <\/em>to convoke the people, nor to give signals to the host, <em>but <\/em>to put God in mind of his promises, and to invoke his covenanted grace. Indeed, two<strong><em> <\/em><\/strong>trumpets, as here prescribed, could not be otherwise than ceremonially used after the nation was spread abroad over the whole face of Canaan; and there is no direction to make more than two such trumpets. The use of trumpets in subsequent times is indeed often mentioned both in war and in holy festivities, and it was undoubtedly founded upon this Divine ordinance; but it was not in literal compliance with it, for the obvious reason that many trumpets were used instead of two only (see <span class='bible'>1Ch 15:24<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch 5:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh 12:35<\/span>). In these passages (and probably in <span class='bible'>2Ch 13:12<\/span>) we have abundant evidence of one of those expansions and adaptations of the Mosaic ritual which were so freely made under the house of David. <span class='bible'>Num 31:6<\/span>, and (perhaps) <span class='bible'>1Ch 16:6<\/span>, and <span class='bible'>Psa 81:3<\/span> may be quoted as pointing to the strict fulfillment of the law as it stands.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>In the day of your gladness. <\/strong>Any day of national thanksgiving, celebrated with religious services, as the feast of the dedication (<span class='bible'>Joh 10:22<\/span>) or of Purim (<span class='bible'>Est 9:19<\/span>, <em>sqq.<\/em>).<em> <\/em>In your solemn days. . The feasts appointed to be observed by the law (see <span class='bible'>Num 28:1-31<\/span>, and <span class='bible'>Num 29:1-40<\/span>.). <strong>In the beginnings of your months. <\/strong>New moon days (<span class='bible'>Psa 81:3<\/span>). Only the first day of the seventh month was properly a feast (Le <span class='bible'>Num 23:24<\/span>), but all were distinguished by special sacrifices (<span class='bible'>Num 28:11<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>THE SACRED TRUMPETS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Spiritually we have in the two silver trumpets <em>the<\/em><strong><em> <\/em><\/strong><em>gospel in its twofold use<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong><em> <\/em>as preached to men, <\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> as pleaded before God;<\/p>\n<p>for that which is preached to men must also be pleaded by and for men. The substance of our faith is also the substance of our intercession. <em>Lex credendi, lex orandi. <\/em>&#8220;Our Father, through Jesus Christ our Lord,&#8221; is the norm at once of every true sermon, and of every right prayer. The death of Christ, <em>preached, <\/em>is the voice of God to start the faithful on their way to heaven; the death of Christ, <em>shown, <\/em>is the voice of the faithful to put God in mind of his sure mercies, to bring themselves into remembrance before him. Consider, therefore<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SACRED<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPET<\/strong> <strong>MUST<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>ONE<\/strong> <strong>WHOLE<\/strong> <strong>PIECE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>SILVER<\/strong>, <strong>NEITHER<\/strong> <strong>ALLOYED<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>BASER<\/strong> <strong>METAL<\/strong>, <strong>NOR<\/strong> <strong>MADE<\/strong> <strong>UP<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>FRAGMENTS<\/strong>. The gospel which we preach or plead must be the whole faith, and the pure faith once delivered to the<strong> <\/strong>saints, neither alloyed with human inventions nor pieced together out of fragments and remnants of the Divine revelation. Human art and labour has no further place than in bringing the gospelas the trumpetinto such a shape as that it can be effectually used, without adding aught to it, or diminishing aught from it. <\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> That the <strong>PRIMARY<\/strong> <strong>USE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SACRED<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPET<\/strong> was<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> for summoning the people into the more immediate presence of God; <\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> for ordering their march towards Canaan.<\/p>\n<p>The gospel is preached, on the one hand, to call men from their cares, and pleasures, and earthly ties, in order to present themselves for pardon and for blessing before him who is their covenanted God and King; on the other hand, to instruct men in an orderly Christian walk, seeking the kingdom, not as isolated individuals, but as members of one body, soldiers in one army, units in one vast and organized whole.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> A <strong>PLAIN<\/strong> <strong>DISTINCTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>SOUND<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>MADE<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>CALLING<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>ASSEMBLY<\/strong>, <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>ORDERING<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>MARCH<\/strong>. The persuasions of the gospel, by which we call men to draw nigh unto God, must needs differ in sound and in tone from the precepts of the gospel by which we seek to direct their onward march; but both are equally sacred, and equally necessary to be observed.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SUBSEQUENT<\/strong> <strong>USE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SACRED<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPETS<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>INVOKE<\/strong>, <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>HOLY<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>CONSECRATED<\/strong> <strong>SOUND<\/strong>, <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>AID<\/strong> <strong>AGAINST<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FOE<\/strong>, <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DIVINE<\/strong> <strong>ACCEPTANCE<\/strong> <strong>UPON<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>SACRED<\/strong> <strong>FEAST<\/strong> <strong>OR<\/strong> <strong>OFFERING<\/strong>: <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>DANGER<\/strong> <strong>OR<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>WORSHIP<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>BRING<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>OWN<\/strong> <strong>INTO<\/strong> <strong>REMEMBRANCE<\/strong> <strong>WITH<\/strong> <strong>THEIR<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>. The facts of the gospel which we preach, and whereby we &#8220;persuade men,&#8221; the same do we plead; and thereby we &#8220;persuade God.&#8221; All true prayer and intercession of the faithful for aid against spiritual enemies, for acceptance of spiritual sacrifices, is not only <em>founded upon <\/em>the gospel; it <em>is <\/em>the gospel, pleaded (whether in holy words or in holy rites) before high heaven; it is &#8220;the Lord&#8217;s death&#8221; shown &#8220;until he come;&#8221; it is the sacred trumpet sounded in the ears of God prevailingly according to his command.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>USE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPETS<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THOSE<\/strong> <strong>PURPOSES<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> &#8220;<strong>AN<\/strong> <strong>ORDINANCE<\/strong> <strong>FOREVER<\/strong>.&#8221; The calling of men to draw nigh unto God; the ordering of their onward walk; the cry to heaven for promised aid against our unseen foes; the pleading of the finished work of Christ wherein we trust, will never cease until there shall be no more time. Neither can the Church at large, nor can any faithful soul, dare to despise or to ignore any of these uses of the gospel trumpet; for they are of Divine and perpetual appointment.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY W. BINNIE<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>THE SILVER TRUMPETS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The blowing of the silver trumpets by Aaron and his sons has generally been taken to denote the preaching of the gospel. But the interpretation is a mistaken one, and arises from confounding the trumpet of jubilee (Le <span class='bible'>Num 25:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 4:16<\/span>) with the silver trumpet. Although bearing the same name in the English Bible, these are quite different instruments, and are called by different Hebrew names. The former is the <em>shophar <\/em>or cornet, which, as its name implies, was of horn, or at least horn-shaped; whereas the latter, the <em>chatsotser, <\/em>was a long&#8217; straight tube of silver with a bell-shaped mouth. The true intention of the silver trumpets is distinctly enough indicated in the law before us. They were to be to the children of Israel for a memorial before their God (<span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span>); the promise was that when the trumpets were blown, the people should be remembered before the Lord their God, and he would save them from their enemies (<span class='bible'>Num 10:9<\/span>). In other words, the blowing of the silver trumpets was a figure of <strong>PRAYER<\/strong> (cf. <span class='bible'>Act 10:4<\/span>). An exceedingly striking and suggestive figure it is.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong> <strong>PRESENTS<\/strong> <strong>CERTAIN<\/strong> <strong>ASPECTS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>PRAYER<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> <strong>CAN<\/strong> <strong>HARDLY<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>TOO<\/strong> <strong>MUCH<\/strong> <strong>REMEMBERED<\/strong>. For one thing, it admonishes us that prayer <em>ought to be an effectual fervent exercise <\/em>(<span class='bible'>Jas 5:16<\/span>). A trumpet-tone is the opposite of a timid whisper. There is a clear determinate ring in the call of a silver trumpet. This is not meant to suggest that there ought to be loud and vehement speaking in prayer. But it does mean that we are to throw heart into our prayers and put forth our strength. The spirit of adoption cries, Abba Father (see <span class='bible'>2Ch 13:14<\/span>). When we call on God we ought to stir ourselves up to take hold of him (<span class='bible'>Isa 64:7<\/span>.) Moreover, the silver trumpet emits <em>a ringing, joyous sound. <\/em>In almost every instance in which the blowing of these trumpets is mentioned in Scripture, it is suggestive of gladness, hope, exultation. And ought not a note of gladness, hope, exultation to pervade our prayers? When we pray we are to use a certain holy boldness; we are to draw near; we are to speak in full assurance of faith. This, I confess, may be pressed too far. There was nothing of the trumpet-tone in the publican&#8217;s prayer. There may be acceptable prayer in a sigh, in a cry of anguish, in the groaning of a prisoner. But it is not the will of God that his children&#8217;s ordinary intercourse with him should be of that sort. They are to call on him with a gladsome confidence that he is able and ready to help them. And many of them do this. There are Christian people whose prayers are always rising into the ringing&#8217; tones of the silver trumpet. I have spoken first of the general design or spiritual intention of this ordinance of the silver trumpets.<\/p>\n<p>Let us now note <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>PARTICULARS<\/strong>:<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. It belonged to the <em>priest&#8217;s <\/em>office (<span class='bible'>Num 10:8<\/span>). It is not to be confounded with the Levitical service of song, instituted long after by David.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. It served a variety of <em>secular <\/em>uses. Public assemblies were convened by the sounding of the trumpets, as they are convened among us by the ringing of bells (<span class='bible'>Num 10:2<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Num 10:3<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Num 10:7<\/span>). And they were the bugles by which military signals were given (<span class='bible'>Num 10:4-6<\/span>). That it was the priests who blew the trumpets on all such occasions reminds us that Israel was, in a special sense, &#8220;an holy nation;&#8221; and may also carry forward our minds to the time when &#8220;holiness to the Lord&#8221; will be written on the life of all Christian nations in all their relations.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. The blowing of the silver trumpets found place chiefly in the service of the sanctuary. The particulars are noted in <span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span>, and are of uncommon interest for the Christian reader.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> The trumpets were to be blown <em>over the sacrifices. <\/em>How this was done appears from the example related in <span class='bible'>2Ch 29:26-28<\/span>. The intention was as much as to say, &#8220;O thou that dwellest in the heavens, give ear to us when we cry; remember all our offerings and accept our burnt sacrifice. Grant us the wish of our heart, and fulfill all our counsel.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> The sacrifices particularly named as to be thus signalized are <em>the burnt offering and the peace offering. <\/em>Not the sin offering. The omission can hardly have been accidental. When I have fallen into some notable sin, I am to humble myself before God with shame. The cry of the publican is what befits me, rather than trumpet-toned exultation. The sin offering is most acceptably presented without blowing of trumpets. As for the burnt offering, which denotes dedication; and the peace offering, which speaks of communion with God and of our communion with each other in the Lord; these are most acceptable when they are attended with gladness and thankful exultation in God.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> The blowing of the silver trumpets was especially <em>to abound at the great solemnities. <\/em>That is to say, at the new moons, at the three great festivals, the &#8220;solemn days&#8221; of the Jewish year, and on all days of special gladness (cf. 2Ch 5:12; <span class='bible'>2Ch 7:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Ezr 3:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh 12:35<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>(4)<\/strong> Above all other solemn days, the first day of the seventh month was to be thus distinguished. The seventh month was that in which the Feast of Tabernacles happenedat the full moon, in the end of September or beginning of October, after the Lord had crowned the year with his goodness. The new moon of this month was the Feast of the Blowing of Trumpets (cf. <span class='bible'>Le 23:24<\/span>); and fitly ushered in the Feast of Ingathering, the most joyous of all the festivals of the year.B.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY D. YOUNG<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>THE USE OF THE TRUMPETS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>There is a manifest connection between the cloud and the trumpets. At Sinai there was &#8220;a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Exo 19:16<\/span>). This seems to have been a miraculous sound, but Jehovah now orders Moses to have two silver trumpets made for permanent use. Thus trumpets as well as cloud were remembrancers of Sinai. God uses sound along with light to signify his will to his people; he appeals not only to their eyes, but also to their ears. Though the cloud was there they were not ever watching it. The longer it rested, the less conscious of its presence they became. Therefore God added the sound of the trumpets, a sudden, startling sound, to stop each one in his work, or raise him out of his sleep.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.  GOD<\/strong> <strong>TAKES<\/strong> <strong>SUFFICIENT<\/strong> <strong>MEANS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>CONVEY<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong> <strong>ALL<\/strong> <strong>THAT<\/strong> <strong>IT<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>NEEDFUL<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>THEM<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>KNOW<\/strong>. Exactly where they would next pass, and how long stay there, and how long be in the wilderness, the Israelites knew not; but when the hour came for them to move, it was of the first importance that none should be in ignorance or doubt. So with regard to the practical matters of the gospel; we may take it as perfectly certain that difficulties with regard to salvation and Christian duty are in <em>us, <\/em>not in <em>God. <\/em>Men have eyes, yet see not; ears, yet hear not. They clamour for more light, more evidence, more signs. &#8220;If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded though one rose from the dead.&#8221; And now they have also Christ and the apostles to listen to. All the great appeals and proclamations of the gospel have the trumpet sound in them; only men are so drenched and stupefied with the opiates of sin that the sound is as if it were not.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong> <strong>COULD<\/strong> <strong>USE<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>ONE<\/strong> <strong>AGENT<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>INDICATE<\/strong> <strong>MANY<\/strong> <strong>REQUIREMENTS<\/strong>. There were always the same two trumpets, but sounded in different ways for different purposes. There was one sound for the princes, and another for the people. The trumpet called them to the march, and in later days, when the marching was over, it called them to the battle. It had to do with great religious occasions, and times of special gladness, e.g; the jubilee year (Le <span class='bible'>Num 25:9<\/span>). So there is one Spirit and diversity of operations. There is the Spirit calling the attention of men by signs and wonders; there is the same Spirit breathing through the men who wrote book after book of the Scriptures. And now these Scriptures lie like a silent silver trumpet, till the same Spirit, breathing through them, makes them to teach, console, promise, warn, according to the need of the individual who listens. The trumpet of God gives no uncertain sound (<span class='bible'>1Co 14:8<\/span>). Paul trusted it with the most complete confidence in his missionary work (<span class='bible'>Act 16:6-10<\/span>). There is a trumpet sound telling us not only to do something for God, but exactly what to do. &#8220;He that hath ears to hear, let him hear.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>TRUMPET<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>SPECIAL<\/strong> <strong>OCCASIONS<\/strong>. It was not a daily sound. It indicated fresh departures, and was associated with great celebrations. Between the soundings there were intervals for the quiet practice of everyday duties. It is good thus to have the ordinary and the extraordinary mingled in our life. It is an ill thing both for individuals and communities to be settled too long in the same circumstances. Too much change is bad, but too much rest is worse. Times of quiet, plodding toil scarcely noticed, faithfulness in little things day after daythen the trumpet sounds and there is change and strife. But though the trumpet is there for special occasions, God has voices for every day to all who have the listening ear. (<span class='bible'>2Ch 5:12-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 18:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 27:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 58:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 4:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 6:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 42:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 51:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 33:1-6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hos 8:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joe 2:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Amo 3:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Zep 1:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Zec 9:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:10<\/span>.)Y.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>TENTH SECTION<br \/>The Trumpets are appointed to give the signals for departure<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span><\/p>\n<p>1And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, 2Make thee two trumpets of silver; <span class=''>1<\/span>of a whole piece shalt thou make them: that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps. 3And when they shall blow with them, all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the <span class=''>2<\/span>tabernacle of the congregation. 4And if they blow <em>but<\/em> with one <em>trumpet<\/em>, then the princes, <em>which are<\/em> heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee. <span class=''>3<\/span>5When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east parts shall <span class=''>4<\/span>go forward. 6When ye blow an alarm the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarm for their journeys. 7But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm. 8And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be to you for an <span class=''>5<\/span>ordinance for ever throughout your generations. 9And if ye go to war in your land against the <span class=''>6<\/span>enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets; and ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. 10Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God: I <em>am<\/em> the Lord your God.<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The two silver trumpets<\/strong> (, to be distinguished from the horn, , see <span class='bible'>Leviticus 25<\/span>), appointed to give all the signals for the army of God, but especially to sound the signal for departure, form a beautiful and fitting conclusion of all the preparations for the march.<\/p>\n<p>They were made of wrought silver. According to the representation on the Arch of Titus, and on Jewish coins, which show what they were at a later date, they seem to have been straight trumpets. [See Smiths <em>Bib. Dict.<\/em> article Cornet.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p>They belonged to the central Sanctuary, were sacred implements, in some sense were, as the censers, symbols of prayers (<span class='bible'>Num 10:9<\/span>), and might not be blown by any but the priests.<\/p>\n<p>They were first blown for the guidance of the army through the desert, but afterwards also when any war broke out, then at festivals, and particularly at the festival sacrifices, at national feasts, and afterwards generally at the enlarged festival cultus. Although most likely they sounded but one note, they were yet made to utter a very expressive language, so that in their employment we have unmistakably a type of our military signals. Their various significations were as follows: 1) If both were blown (<span class='bible'>Num 10:3<\/span>), then the whole congregation (virtually by their representatives, according to Keil?) assembled before the door of the Tabernacle. 2) If only one was blown (<span class='bible'>Num 10:4<\/span>), then the princes of the tribes were to assemble with Moses (at the Tabernacle). 3) If they were not merely blown in single, interrupted blasts (), but in a protracted peal ( , then it was the signal for departure. 4) The first peal summoned the banner of Judah with his associates to depart (<span class='bible'>Num 10:5<\/span>). The second peal concerned the division toward the south (<span class='bible'>Num 10:6<\/span> <em>a<\/em>). The arrangement is not further expressed in detail, because further on the departure is more exactly described. Moreover one could suppose that the first signal concerned also the Tabernacle, seeing that, in fact, it proceeded from the central Sanctuary, whereas the third [?] signal might suffice to notify all the following divisions. The peal is expressly reserved only for the marching processions; for the assembling of the congregation trumpet blasts suffice.<\/p>\n<p>Furthermore the trumpets were appointed on the one hand to call to war (<span class='bible'>Num 10:9<\/span>), and on the other to the feasts of peace (<span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span>). Among sacrifices, however, none but burnt-offerings and peace-offerings were glorified by the trumpets; the former by trumpet peals, the latter by trumpet blasts. Once more in <span class='bible'>Num 10:10<\/span> the enforcement of the commandments by the clang of trumpets is emphasized. And in this place also we hear again the solemn declaration of the Law-Giver: <strong>I am Jehovah your God<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p>As the State has imparted a special language to military music, so the Church has done to its bells; one might even say it has completely so done to its melodies in the songs of the Church. In the institution of the trumpets, moreover, there is included the unity of ingredients belonging both to the Church and to the State. They are the instruments of the legal theocracy whose idyllic or paradisaical intervals are proclaimed by the horn.<br \/>[<strong>Your solemn feasts<\/strong> are the feasts mentioned in chapters 28 and 29 and <span class='bible'>Leviticus 23<\/span>. Keil. Other occasions when the blowing of trumpets is mentioned: 31:6; <span class='bible'>2Ch 13:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch 13:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch 20:21-22<\/span>; 2Ch 20:28; <span class='bible'>1Ch 15:24<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Ch 16:6<\/span>; 2Ch 5:12; <span class='bible'>2Ch 7:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Ezr 3:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh 12:35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh 12:41<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch 29:27<\/span>. Metaphorical reference to the custom: <span class='bible'>Isa 58:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 27:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joe 2:15-16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Co 14:8<\/span>.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICAL HINTS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span>. The silver trumpets the signals of the congregation. The distinction in their use (one or two blasts, or a winding peal). So the Christian bells in their unity and distinction. How they seem to speak so differently according to the different disposition of the hearers. As a merry peal; in funeral tolling; in the fire alarm. There are enemies of faith that hate Christianity to the very sound of its bells (and of the organ too); whereas to others the tones of bells are like a language of the gospel. The bell proclaims and celebrates the sacred season, the organ the sacred place.<\/p>\n<p>____________________<\/p>\n<p><strong>SECOND DIVISION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>TO KADESH. THE DEPARTURE AND MARCH UNTIL THE DEFEAT OF THE ARMY. THE REVELATION OF THE SPIRITUAL INSUFFICIENCY OF THE TYPICAL ARMY OF GOD<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Num 14:45<\/span><\/p>\n<p><strong>FIRST SECTION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The Departure. Order of March. Hobab the Desert Guide [<\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:11-28<\/span><\/strong><strong>]. The Watchwords of Moses for the March [<\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Num 10:29-36<\/span><\/strong><strong>].<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:11-28<\/span><\/p>\n<p>11And it came to pass on the twentieth <em>day<\/em> of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony. And 12the children of Israel took their journeys out of the wilderness of Sinai; and the cloud rested in the wilderness of Paran. 13And they first took their journey according to the commandment of the Lord by the hand of Moses.<\/p>\n<p>14In the first <em>place<\/em> went the standard of the camp of the children of Judah according to their <span class=''>7<\/span>armies: and over his host <em>was<\/em> Nahshon the son of Amminadab. 15And over the host of the tribe of the children of Issachar <em>was<\/em> Nethaneel the son of Zuar. 16And over the host of the tribe of the children of Zebulun <em>was<\/em> Eliab the son of Helon. 17And the tabernacle was taken down; and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set forward, <span class=''>8<\/span>bearing the tabernacle.<\/p>\n<p>18And the standard of the camp of Reuben set forward according to their aarmies: and over his host <em>was<\/em> Elizur the son of Shedeur. 19And over the host of the tribe of the children of Simeon <em>was<\/em> Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai. 20And over the host of the tribe of the children of Gad <em>was<\/em> Eliasaph the son of Deuel. 21And the Kohathites set forward bbearing the sanctuary: and <span class=''>9<\/span><em>the other<\/em> did set up the tabernacle against they came.<\/p>\n<p>22And the standard of the camp of the children of Ephraim set forward according to their aarmies: and over his host <em>was<\/em> Elishama the son of Ammihud. 23And over the host of the tribe of the children of Manasseh <em>was<\/em> Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. 24And over the host of the tribe of the children of Benjamin <em>was<\/em> Abidan the son of Gideoni.<\/p>\n<p>25And the standard of the camp of the children of Dan set forward, <span class=''>10<\/span> <em>which was<\/em> the rearward of all the camps <span class=''>11<\/span>throughout their hosts: and over his host <em>was<\/em> Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai. 26And over the host of the tribe of the children of Asher <em>was<\/em> Pagiel the son of Ocran. 27And over the host of the tribe of the children of 28Naphtali <em>was<\/em> Ahira the son of Enan. <span class=''>12<\/span>Thus <em>were<\/em> the journeyings of the children according to their aarmies, <span class=''>13<\/span>when they set forward.<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. The date of the departure: the twentieth day of the second month of the second year. The disappearance of the cloud from the dwelling of the Tabernacle gave the sign for the departure.<br \/>2. The beginning and the preliminary goal of the march: from the desert of Sinai to the desert of Paran. Especially deserving of notice is the expression: <strong>the cloud abode in the desert of Paran<\/strong>. The cloud abode there, <em>i. e.<\/em>, the Tabernacle also abode there, the congregation abode there. It took its abiding residence in the desert. The intermediate stations are not given here, though they are in 33. The way in respect to its hardship is described <span class='bible'>Deu 1:19<\/span>. Some matters of moment that preceded the actual settlement in the desert are related in what follows to 14:45. In the first half, as far as 13:16, we learn the chief events of the march until the arrival at Hazeroth toward Paran: <em>Hobab; Taberah: the lusting after the flesh-pots of Egypt; the rebellion in reference to the induction of the elders into office and to their inspiration; the presumption of Miriam and of Aaron<\/em>. In the second half, as far as 14:45, we learn of the fatal events connected with sending out the spies, and with the report of the latter.<\/p>\n<p>3. <strong>The desert of Paran<\/strong>. See an extended notice of this in Knobel <em>p<\/em>. 41; Keil <em>in loc.<\/em>, and our former notices. The desert of Paran (from ? unclosing, opening) borders on the south of Palestine, on the west side of the mountains of Edom, having an indefinite extent. Particular features of it are designated by a mount Paran, by a plateau Paran, by a place Paran, a ravine Paran, <em>etc.<\/em> Thus it was composed of single deserts and was bordered by other deserts. [It is not plain whether Dr. Lange refers to Scripture notices of Paran, or to modern explorations. In either case the statement is inaccurate; Scripture does not distinguish so many local features, and modern exploration does not trace the name in anything but <em>Wady Feiran<\/em>. If the latter be Rephidim (see under 1:14), it cannot be Paran.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p>4. <strong>The departure:<\/strong> (<em>a<\/em>) The banner of Judah (comprehending their tribes, as do also the banners that follow). (<em>b<\/em>) The Gershonites and Merarites as bearers of the Tabernacle. (<em>c<\/em>) The banner of Reuben. (<em>d<\/em>) The Kohathites with the Sanctuary. The other Levites were obliged to be in advance, in order to set up the Tabernacle at a resting place for the bearers of the Sanctuary who followed later. (<em>e<\/em>) The banner of Ephraim [comp. <span class='bible'>Psa 80:2<\/span>]. (<em>f<\/em>) The banner of Dan. It is obvious from <span class='bible'>Num 10:33<\/span> that the Tabernacle, or rather the ark of the covenant as its most peculiar sanctuary, might change its position according to different situations. Also from <span class='bible'>Jos 6:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Num 3:4<\/span>. But in the latter case, also, an armed troop preceded it for its protection.<\/p>\n<p>5 [E. H. Palmer (<em>The Desert of the Exodus<\/em>) says:I concur with Wilton (<em>The Negeb<\/em>, p. 124) in believing that <strong>the wilderness of Paran<\/strong> comprised the whole desert of <em>Et Tih<\/em>, and that Mount Paran was the southernmost portion of the mountain plateau in the north-east, at present inhabited by the <em>Azazimeh<\/em> Arabs, and known as <em>Jebel Magrah<\/em>. In this <em>Ain Gadis<\/em>, or Kadesh, is situated, and as it lies below the southern border of the Negeb, it is not included in the region into which Israel made the unsuccessful attempt to penetrate. p. 420. He describes the desert of <em>Et Tih<\/em> as follows: It is a limestone plateau of irregular surface, the southern portion of which projects wedge-wise into the Sinaitic Peninsula. It is bounded on the north by the Mediterranean Sea and the Mountains of Judah [<em>The Negeb<\/em> mentioned above]; on the west by the isthmus of Suez; and on the east by the <em>Arabah<\/em>, that large valley or depression which runs between the Gulf of <em>Akabah<\/em> and the Dead Sea. The southern edge, which, as just now remarked, projects wedgewise into the Siniatic Peninsula, terminates in a long cliff or escarpment, steep and abrupt on the south-western side, and gradually falling away toward the south-east. The surface of the plateau itself, is an arid, featureless waste, its monotony relieved only by a few isolated mountain groups. It is drained for the most part by <em>Wady<\/em><em> <\/em><em>el<\/em><em> <\/em><em>Arish<\/em> [the River of Egypt], which takes its rise in the highest portion of the southern cliff, and flows northward toward the Mediterranean, being joined in its course by several large valleys flowing down from <em>Jebel<\/em><em> <\/em><em>el<\/em><em> <\/em><em>Ejmeh<\/em> [the south-eastern side of the triangle], and by systems of water-courses which come down from the hilly country in the north-east. The country is nearly waterless, with exception of a few springs situated in the larger wadies; but even here water can only be obtained by scraping small holes or pits (called <em>themail<\/em>) in the ground, and bailing it out with the hand. All that is obtained by the process is a yellowish solution, which baffles all attempts at filtering. The ground is for the most part hard and unyielding; and is covered in many places with a carpet of small flints. In spite of the utterly arid nature of the soil, a quantity of brown, parched herbage is scattered over the surface, and affords excellent fuel for the camp-fire. During the greater part of the year this remains to all appearances burned up and dead, but it bursts into sudden life with the spring and winter rains. In the larger wadies, draining as they do so extensive an area, a very considerable amount of moisture infiltrates through the soil, producing much more vegetation than in the plains. Sufficient pasturage for the camels is always to be had in these spots, and here and there a few patches of ground are even available for cultivation. pp. 232235, <em>Harpers edition<\/em>. The desert of Paran must not be confounded with <em>Wady Feiran<\/em>, the modern Arabic representative of the name (<em>ibid.<\/em> p. 31), a beautiful region, so named from an ancient oily Paran, whose ruins are still there.<\/p>\n<p>Towards this wilderness, that is the eastern part of it of which the River of Egypt forms the western boundary line, the Israelites now took their journey, unaware as yet that on its wastes the next eight and thirty years of their existence would be spent. (<em>The Bible Comm.<\/em>). Several encampments were made, and remarkable providences experienced before they entered it. It is therefore mentioned here by anticipation. Comp. Smiths <em>Bib. Dict.<\/em>, Article Kadesh and Paran.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICAL HINTS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>the march of gods host from kadesh, and its stay there. the ruin of the first generation<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span> to <span class='bible'>Num 20:13<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:11<\/span> : The very hopeful start. <span class='bible'>Numbers 11<\/span> : The first rebellion. A contest between murmuring and prayer. A contest between the home-sickness of the lust of the flesh for Egypt, and inspired, wondrously blest hope in Jehovahs help, and helping through in the way of the future. <span class='bible'>Numbers 12<\/span> : A contest of spiritual and priestly arrogance with the spirit of right. Chaps. 13, 14: A contest between despondency and obstinacy, and the firm heroism of those that were faithful to God. <span class='bible'>Numbers 15<\/span> : A contest between the degeneracy of the wilderness, and giving renewed stringency to the law. Chaps. 16, 17: A contest between religious enthusiasm and political insurrection on the one hand, and the priestly-political arrangement instituted by God with its authorities, on the other. At the same time a contest between the condemnation to death, and the priestly atonement. <span class='bible'>Numbers 18<\/span> : Prerogatives of the priests and Levites settled. <span class='bible'>Numbers 19<\/span> : Provision made for the duty toward dead bodies, and for the purity of the living congregation. <span class='bible'>Num 20:1-13<\/span> : The contest between the murmuring congregation, and Moses and Aaron at the water of strife.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:11-28<\/span>. The host of God sets out at Gods signal for decamping, the lifting up of the cloud. The movement of the form of faith, of the religious idea in the direction of the future. The date of the departure. Such a date in the worlds history is unforgotten. The order of the departure; no tumultuous movement; no uproar as a start. The direction of the departure from Sinai to Canaan, or from the mountain of the law to the promised land. Primarily toward Paran, or to Kadesh. The sanctuary in the midst, the ark in advance. A movement that does not enclose the sanctuary is no march for the people of God. The banners in advance of the tribes. The actual peculiarities of the tribes constitute no conflict with unity, but the soul of the unity.<\/p>\n<p>[On 10:12. All our removes in this world are but from one wilderness to another. The changes which we think will be for the better do not always prove so; while we carry about with us, wherever we go, the common infirmities of nature, we must expect, wherever we go, to meet with its common calamities; we shall never be at rest, never at home, till we come to heaven, and all will be well there. M. Henry.<\/p>\n<p>On 10:13. Some think that mention is thus frequently made in this and the foregoing chapter of the <em>commandment of the Lord<\/em>, guiding and governing them in all their travels, to obviate the calumny and reproach which were afterward thrown upon Israel, that they tarried so long in the wilderness, because they had lost themselves there, and could not find the way out. No, the matter was not so; in every stage, in every step, they were under divine directions; and if they knew not where they were, yet He that led them did. Note. Those that have given up themselves to the direction of Gods word and Spirit, steer a steady course, even when they seem bewildered. While they are sure they cannot lose their God and Guide, they need not fear losing their way (<em>ibid.<\/em>)Tr.]<\/p>\n<p>____________________<\/p>\n<p><strong>Hobab the Desert-guide. The Watch Words of Moses for the March<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:29-36<\/span><\/p>\n<p>29And Moses said unto Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses father in law, We are journeying unto the place of which the Lord said, I will give it you: come thou with us, and we will do thee good: for the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. 30And he said unto him, I will not go; but I will depart to mine own land, and to my <span class=''>14<\/span>kindred. 31And he said, Leave us not, I pray thee; forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou mayest be to us instead of eyes. 32And it shall be, if thou go with us, it shall be, that what goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee.<\/p>\n<p>33And they departed from the mount of the Lord three days journey: and the ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them in the three days journey, to search out a resting place for them. 34And the cloud of the Lord <em>was<\/em> upon them by day, when they went out of the camp. 35And it came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee. 36And when it rested he said, Return, O Lord, unto the <span class=''>15<\/span> many thousands of Israel.<\/p>\n<p><strong>TEXTUAL AND GRAMMATICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>[<span class='bible'>Num 10:36<\/span>.  with the simple accusative of place whither. Comp. this construction of  in <span class='bible'>2Sa 15:34<\/span>. The transitive force preferred by some (Maurer, <em>The Bib. Comm.<\/em>) could give no satisfactory sense here. The word in Isaiah and Jeremiah, in view of the captivity, has a developed, pregnant sense that would be an anachronism in this place (see Naegelsbach on <span class='bible'>Isa 1:27<\/span>), or it would mean return to Egypt.<\/p>\n<p>The inverted <em>nuns<\/em>, , at the beginning and close of <span class='bible'>Num 10:35-36<\/span>, which are found, according to R. Menachems <em>de Lonzano Or Torah<\/em> (<em>f<\/em>. 17), in all the Spanish and German MSS. and are sanctioned by the Masorah, are said by the Talmud (<em>tract. de Sabbatho<\/em>) to be merely <em>signa parentheseos, qu monerent prter histori seriem versum<\/em> 35 <em>et<\/em> 36 <em>ad capitis finem inseri<\/em> (comp. Matt. Hilleri <em>de Arcano Kethib et Keri libri duo<\/em>, pp. 158, 159). The Cabbalists, on the other hand, according to R. Menach. <em>l. c.<\/em> find an allusion in it to the <em>Shechinah, qu velut obversa ad tergum facie sequentes Israelitas ex impenso amore respiceret<\/em>. In other MSS., however, which are supported by the <em>Masora Erffurt<\/em>, the inverted <em>nun<\/em> is found in the words  (<span class='bible'>Num 10:35<\/span>) and  (11:1): the first, <em>ad innuendum ut sic retrorsum agantur omnes hostes Israelitarum;<\/em> the second, <em>ut esset symbolum perpetuum perversitatis populi, inter tot illustria signa liberationis et maximorum beneficiorum Dei acerbe quiritantium, ad declarandam ingratitudinem et contumaciam suam<\/em> (comp. J. Buxtorf, <em>Tiberias<\/em>, p. 169). Keil.Tr.].<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. <strong>Moses and Hobab<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:29-32<\/span>. On the relation of the names Raguel, <span class='bible'>Exo 2:18<\/span>, Jethro, <span class='bible'>Exo 3:1<\/span>, and Hobab, see Smiths <em>Bib. Dict.<\/em> articles, Hobab, Jethro, Raguel. Even if the grandfather stood as a patriarch over the father, still it is not to be supposed that also the daughters of the father would be simply called the daughters of the grandfather and given in marriage. This consideration justifies the assumption of Josephus, <em>Ant.<\/em> 2, 12, 1, that Raguel and Jethro were two names for <em>one<\/em> person. The honorable name Raguel, Friend of God, would then be chosen in the first passage, <span class='bible'>Exo 2:18<\/span>, as accounting for the pious and obliging behaviour of the priest toward Moses. And when here a Hobab is named as father-in-law () of Moses, it has a twofold explanation; either the same word may mean both father-in-law and brother-in-law; or, after the death of the actual father-in-law, the eldest brother of a wife stepped into the place of the father-in-law. When we consider how easily at that time marriage could be dissolved, and that the repudiated wife had even still a legitimate domicil in her paternal house, it were very natural that, on the death of her father, her eldest brother could assume the legal character of a father-in-law (). If accordingly we assume that Jethro, who, before the giving of the law came to Moses in the wilderness (<span class='bible'>Exo 18:1<\/span>), had in the meantime died, then the difficulty may be solved by assuming that Hobab had succeeded to the dignity of the name. Hobabs (, love, a lover) being called the son of Raguel, any way makes no particular difficulty.<\/p>\n<p>According to our text, it may be supposed that Hobab came to Moses with Jethro, and remained with him, after the latter had returned to his priestly office in Midian (18:27). Both stood in the balance between sympathy for their tribe and the attraction of the Mosaic faith (<span class='bible'>Exo 18:10-12<\/span>). The father remained, like John the Baptist, with his people, the son most probably with Moses. Now that the march to the northward must begin, Hobab, who hitherto had been able to preserve a connection with his people in the neighborhood of Sinai, must now part from them. Hence the request of Moses that he should march along with them and partake of the glorious destiny that Jehovah had promised to His people. Hobab hesitates, because he wishes to remain with his people. Moses begs pressingly and humbly: <strong>Leave us not, for thou knowest where we must encamp in the wilderness, and thou shalt be our eye<\/strong>.Out of this Knobel makes another contradiction: According to the Elohist, 9:17, such a guide was not necessary, since the cloud going in advance of them indicated the camping-grounds. Keil has scarcely deprived this negative literalism of its force by remarking, that although the pillar of cloud guided the march of Israel, yet Hobab might still have afforded important services to the Israelites. Here the negative and positive literalism stand face to face. What Hobab did further is not mentioned, but as no further hesitancy is reported, but the departure of Israel is announced immediately after, Hobab must therefore have complied (Knobel). This is reduced to a certainty by the fact, that in the commencement of the times of the Judges the sons of the brother-in-law of Moses went out with the children of Judah into the wilderness south of Arad (<span class='bible'>Jdg 1:16<\/span>); they therefore had come with the Israelites to Canaan, and still dwelt in that region in the time of Saul (<span class='bible'>1Sa 15:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Sa 27:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Sa 30:29<\/span> (Keil). Further discussion see in Knobel, p. 43.<\/p>\n<p>2. The first <strong>three days journeys<\/strong>.The whole route from Sinai to Kadesh in the quickest and most direct course is estimated to be eleven days journeys (Keil, p. 231): it is therefore not without significance that the first three days journeys are made prominent; immediately after that the first great disturbance of the march appears to have occurred. There may be, besides, the symbolical meaning conveyed, that in the typical kingdom of God, under the law, it fares well only three days, while the real kingdom of God has to pass only three troubled days at once (<span class='bible'>Hos 6:2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>Knobel would make the tent here mean that the Ark of the covenant went three days ahead; in which case, however, the Israelites would have lost sight of it altogether. The Elohist has it different, he proceeds, according to whom the Ark of the covenant did not go in advance, but in the midst of the tribes. Thus would another contradiction be discovered! First of all a distinction must be made between the Ark of the covenant and the holy things collectively, and then between these and the component parts of the Tabernacle. This distinction Keil rightly recognizes, with the explanation: From this time on the cloud, which embodied (?) the presence of Jehovah, was associated with the Ark of the covenant as with the visible throne of His gracious presence ordained by Jehovah Himself. With which should now be combined, that the guiding cloud in the literal sense covered at the same time the whole army. But let us perceive what the text further says.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:35<\/span>. When the Ark arose, Moses spake: <strong>Rise up, Jehovah<\/strong>, <em>etc<\/em>. [comp. <span class='bible'>Psalms 68<\/span>].And when it settled down he said: <strong>Turn thee about Jehovah, to the crowd of the thousands of Israel<\/strong>.We repeat, it is not according to the analogy of Scripture to suppose that Moses learned and uttered the divine word as the interpreter of the cloud. Rather is the word of God here also intended to make us notice the symbolical significance of the cloud. [Moses (<span class='bible'>Num 10:35<\/span>) calls them not the enemies of <em>the people<\/em>, but of <em>God<\/em>, in order that the Israelites might be assured that they fought under His auspices; for thus might both a more certain victory be expected, since the righteous God, who avenges iniquity, was defending His own cause; and also it was no slight matter of consolation and rejoicing when the people heard that whosoever should arise to harass them unjustly were also the enemies of God, since He will protect His people as the apple of His eye. Therefore has the Prophet (<span class='bible'>Psa 68:1<\/span>) borrowed this passage in order to arm the Church with confidence and to maintain it in cheerfulness under the violent assaults of its enemies. Again, <span class='bible'>Num 10:36<\/span>. Moses to correct their impatience (at the delays of the journey) reminds the people that their halts were advantageous to them, so that God, dwelling at home like the father of a family, might manifest His care of them; for the allusion is to men who take advantage of a time of repose and release from other business, to occupy themselves more unrestrainedly in paying attention to their own family. Calvin.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICAL HINTS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:29-36<\/span>. Hobab, or human knowledge and science as guides of the way. The significance of Jethro, Hobab, Hiram and others for the history of the kingdom of God. The first three happy days journey in the covenant of the law. Their resemblance to the fourth, fifth and sixth centuries. The warlike watchword of Moses at the start; the festal watchword at the last. War and peace have their times even for the kingdom of God.<\/p>\n<p>[<span class='bible'>Num 10:29<\/span>. Those that are bound for the heavenly Canaan should invite and encourage all their friends to go along with them, for we shall have never the less of the treasures of the covenant and the joys of heaven for others coming in to share with us. And what argument can be more powerful with us to take Gods people than this, that God <em>hath spoken good concerning them<\/em>? It is good having fellowship with those that have fellowship with God (<span class='bible'>1Jn 1:3<\/span>) and going with those with whom God is, <span class='bible'>Zec 8:23<\/span>. M. Henry.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:30<\/span>. The things of this world which are seen draw strongly from the pursuit of the things of the other world, which are not seen. The magnetic virtue of this earth prevails with most people above the attractions of heaven itself. <em>Ibid<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:31-32<\/span>. The great importunity Moses used with Hobab to alter his resolution. He urges (1) That he might be serviceable to them, not to show where they must encamp, nor the way they must march (the cloud was to direct that), but to show the conveniences and inconveniences of the place they must march through and encamp in, that they might make the best use of the conveniences and the best fence against the inconveniences. Note, it will very well consist with our trust in Gods providence to make use of the help of our friends in those things wherein they are capable of being serviceable to us. Even they that were led by a miracle must not slight the ordinary means of direction. <em>Ibid<\/em>. Moses does not flatter Hobab with the notion that he can confer a favor on God; a mistaken way of urging sinners that is not uncommon. (2) That they would be kind to him. Note (<em>a<\/em>) We can give only what we receive. This is all we dare promise, to do good, as God shall enable us. (<em>b<\/em>) Those that share with Gods Israel in their labors and hardships shall share with them in their comforts and honors. <em>If we suffer with them, we shall also reign with them<\/em>, <span class='bible'>2Ti 2:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 22:28-29<\/span>. <em>Ibid<\/em>.Tr.]<\/p>\n<p><strong>Footnotes:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[1]<\/span><em>of rounded twisted work; embossed work<\/em> (Bunsen); <em>solid<\/em> (Zunz).<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[2]<\/span><em>Tent of Meeting<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[3]<\/span><em>And when<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[4]<\/span><em>take their journey<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[5]<\/span><em>statute<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[6]<\/span><em>oppressor<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[7]<\/span><em>hosts<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[8]<\/span><em>who bore<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[9]<\/span>That is, <em>the Gershonites and the Merarites<\/em>, see <span class='bible'>Num 10:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Num 1:51<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[10]<\/span><em>closing all the camps<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[11]<\/span><em>according to<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[12]<\/span>Heb. <em>These<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[13]<\/span><em>and<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[14]<\/span><em>native place<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[15]<\/span>Heb. <em>ten thousand thousands<\/em>.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> CONTENTS<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> This is an interesting chapter. It treats of the form and uses of the silver trumpets for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the people. Herein is also contained, the account of the removal of the people from Mount Sinai to Paran: an affecting relation of Moses&#8217; entreaty of Hobab, not to leave him: and Moses blessing and prayer, at every removal or resting of the Ark.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Hawker&#8217;s Poor Man&#8217;s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> No doubt but beside the more immediate use and purpose for which the trumpets were sounded, that was a special one, which typified the sounding of the gospel. For what is the call of JESUS&#8217;S gospel, but a call to the assembling of sinners before the LORD, and his holy word directing their journey through life? The prophet Isaiah, with a view to this, speaks of the gospel day, when the great trumpet shall be blown, and the blessed effect of it, through grace, in causing those to approach, who were ready to perish: <span class='bible'>Isa 27:13<\/span> . Reader! do not overlook the type in that interesting part of it, that ministers are commanded to cry aloud and spare not, but lift up their voice like a trumpet. <span class='bible'>Isa 58:1<\/span> .<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Hawker&#8217;s Poor Man&#8217;s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> Hobab&#8217;s Opportunity<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Num 10:29<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> Hobab was the son of Raguel the Midianite, who is called Reuel in <span class='bible'>Exo 2:18<\/span> , and elsewhere Jethro. Hobab was therefore the brother-in-law of Moses. When Jethro, having brought back Zipporah and her two sons to Moses (Exod. XVIII.), returned to his own house, Hobab appears to have remained in the camp. But now that the Israelites were about to continue their journey to the Promised Land, he expressed a desire to return to his own kindred and country. Moses, however, urged him to cast in his lot with the people of God, and he prevailed. The descendants of Hobab are spoken of in the books of Judges and Samuel as dwelling in Canaan. We have in the text: <\/p>\n<p><strong> I. A Cordial Invitation.<\/strong> &#8216;Come thou with us.&#8217; Three things are implied. He was invited: <\/p>\n<p> 1. To conform to their principles. &#8216;He could not remain with them and serve other gods.&#8217;<\/p>\n<p> 2. To share their privileges. &#8216;The Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel&#8217;<\/p>\n<p> 3. To enjoy their prospects. &#8216;We are journeying unto the land,&#8217; etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong> II. A Solemn Promise.<\/strong> <\/p>\n<p><strong> A<\/strong> . &#8216;We will do thee good.&#8217;<\/p>\n<p> 1. By social intercourse. &#8216;As iron sharpeneth iron,&#8217; etc.<\/p>\n<p> 2. By wise counsel. &#8216;Admonish one another.&#8217;<\/p>\n<p> 3. By a holy example. &#8216;Let your light so shine,&#8217; etc.<\/p>\n<p> 4. By genuine sympathy. &#8216;Bear ye one another&#8217;s burdens,&#8217; etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong> B<\/strong> . &#8216;What goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee.&#8217; We can only give as we receive.<\/p>\n<p> F. J. Austin, <em> Seeds and Saplings,<\/em> p. 31.<\/p>\n<p> References. X. 29. Spurgeon, <em> Sermons,<\/em> vol. xvi. No. 916. C. Perren, <em> Revival Sermons in Outline,<\/em> p. 145. A. Maclaren, <em> Expositions of Holy Scripture<\/em> <em> Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers,<\/em> p. 314. X. 29-31. Hugh Black, <em> University Sermons,<\/em> p. 259; see also <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. lxvii. 1905, p. 65. X. 33. Phillips Brooks, <em> The Law of Growth,<\/em> p. 328. X. 35. Spurgeon, <em> Sermons,<\/em> vol. vii. No. 368. X. 35, 36. J. E. C. Welldon, <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. lxiv. 1894, p. 243. A. Maclaren, <em> Expositions of Holy Scripture<\/em> <em> Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers,<\/em> p. 321; see also <em> Outlines of Sermons on the Old Testament,<\/em> p. 39. XI. 1-10. Spurgeon, <em> Sermons,<\/em> vol. xxxix. No. 2332. XI. 4. C. Gore, <em> Christian World Pulpit,<\/em> vol. lv. 1899, p. 265.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositor&#8217;s Dictionary of Text by Robertson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Trumpets of Providence<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:6.12em'> Num 10:1-10<\/p>\n<p> Moses was commanded to make two trumpets of silver. They were to be used in calling the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps. The trumpets were to be sounded in different ways. When one trumpet was blown, then the princes were to gather themselves unto Moses; when an alarm was blown, the camps were to move; when the congregation was to be gathered together, the trumpets were to be blown, but so blown as not to sound an alarm. The trumpets were to be blown by the sons of Aaron, the priests. Whether in war or in festival, the trumpets were to be to Israel for a memorial before God. Where are those trumpets? The sacred trumpets are still sounded; they still call men to worship, to festival, to battle. If we have lost the literal instrument, we are still, if right-minded, within sound of the trumpets of Providence. We do not now go out at our own bidding; we are, if wise, responding to a Voice, wherever we may be found. We impoverish ourselves by imagining that God does not now call the people to worship, the camp to war, the family to festival, the Church to victory. Look at the men who are pouring forth in all directions every morning; stand, in imagination, at a point from which you can see all the stations at which men alight; so present the scene to the fancy that you can see every little procession hastening to its given point of departure; then bring on all the processions to the various points of arrival; read the faces of the men; take in the whole scene. What action; what colour; what expression of countenance! And if we had ears acute enough to hear, what various voices are being sounded by every life; what tumult; what desire; what intersection of paths; what imminent collisions! and yet the whole scene moves on with a kind of rough order all its own. What has called these men together and yet not together? the trumpet! That it was not a literal trumpet does not destroy the high poetry of the occasion; the trumpet is the more wonderful that it is not material. These men are not in a trance; they are not night-walkers; they have not been seduced by some dream to come out all at once, wandering hither and thither, not knowing destiny, purpose, or intention. This is a scheme; there is a mind behind all this panorama; it never could settle itself into such order and effect and issue if it were the mere sport of chance. Watch the scene; it is full of pathos, it is loaded with manifold sorrow. An awful sight is a crowd of men; the bustle, the rush, the apparent hilarity cannot hide the tragedy. To what are these men hastening? Explain the scene. Some have heard the trumpet calling to controversy. Many of these men carry bloodless swords; they are well equipped with argument; they are about to state the case, to defend the position, to repel, to assert, to vindicate righteousness, and to claim compensation for virtue outraged; they are soldiers; they have mapped out the battlefield in private; all their forces have been disposed within the sanctuary of the night, and presently the voice of genius and of eloquence will be heard in high wrangling, in noble contention, that so the wicked may claim nothing that is not his own, and the righteous have the full reward of his purity. They are going to the political arena to adjust the competing claims of nations, or causes; war is in their eyes; should they speak, they would speak stridently, with clear, cutting tone, with military precision and emphasis; they would hold no long parley with men, for they mean the issue to end in victory. Others have heard no such trumpet: they have heard another call to peaceful business, to daily routine, to duty, made heavy often by monotony, but duty still, which must be done according to the paces and beatings of the daily clock. They cannot resist that voice without resisting themselves. Sometimes they long to be in more active scenes, to vary the uniformity by some dash or enterprise, to startle the blood into a quicker gallop by doing something unusual and startling; but they are not so called by the trumpet; they are moved in that direction by some mean passion or unholy rivalry. The trumpet has called them to the culture of fields, to the exchanges and settlements of merchandise, to the business without which the world, in its broadest civilisation, would stand still; having heard the trumpet, they obey. And other men, in smaller bands, more aged men, men who have seen service in the market field, in the political field, in the field of literature, how go they? Away towards sunny scenes, quiet meadows, lakes of silver, gardens trimmed with the patience and skill of love. They are men of leisure, men in life&#8217;s afternoon. The sunbeam has been a trumpet to them; hearing it, they said, Who would remain at home to-day? All heaven calls us out, the great blue arch invites us to hospitality in the fields and woods and by the river-side. All men are obeying a trumpet; the call is addressed from heaven to earth every morning. We may have outlived the little, straight, silver trumpet, turned up at the ends; but the trumpet invisible, the trumpet of Providence, the call of Heaven, the awakening strain of the skies, this we cannot outlive: for the Lord is a Man of war, and must have the battle continued; the Lord is a Father, and must have the family constituted in order; the Lord is a Shepherd, and must have the flocks led forth that they may lie down in the shadow at noonday.<\/p>\n<p> There are other men going forth. Fix yourselves again, in imagination, at a point from which you can see nations moving on as if to some great conference; they move from the east and from the west, from the north and from the south; fair men, men of darker hue; men speaking our own language, men talking an unknown tongue; stalwart men, trained, every muscle having been under the touch of culture; men carrying arms of various names, all meant to be steeped in blood. Have these men come out in some fit of somnambulism? Are they sleep-walkers? Is all this an illustration of nightmare? What is it? These men have heard a trumpet. Many trumpets have been sounded, and yet in the midst of all the blare and stormy blast there is one clear note. What is the meaning of all this movement of the camps? Strong nations are called to go out and support weak ones. It is a policy of insanity which says, Take no heed of other people; let them fight their own battles and settle their own controversies. That is not the spirit of Christ. Every weak nation belongs to the strong one; every fatherless child belongs to the man who can keep it, and teach it, and guide it. Were nations equal and causes equal, then the foolish talk of leaving men alone might have some point in it. We must not leave the slave and the slave-holder to settle the controversy; the slave-holder will soon settle it, if it be so left; it is not an equal fight. Freedom must plant all its soldiers on the field, and strike for weakness and beat down the oppressor and grind him out of existence. Who will speak one word in favour of war? No Christian man. War can have no purely Christian defence as war. It sometimes becomes a dire necessity; it is, in very deed, the last appeal. As war, it is not only barbarous and irrational, it is infernal, altogether and inexpressibly deplorable. Yet we cannot read history or study events without seeing that the Lord has not scrupled to call himself &#8220;a Man of war,&#8221; and the sword has had a place in the history of freedom and the development of progress. What Christian men ought to see is, that the cause is good; that war is the only alternative; that having exhausted all the pleas of reason, all the entreaties of persuasion, all the claims of righteousness, all the appeals of pathos, nothing is to be done but to fight the tyrant with his own weapons. The Lord go with the right; the Lord support the weak; the Lord comfort those who are suddenly and tragically bereaved. But there is a call to difficulty, a call to battle, a call to sorrow. We must not delude ourselves into the notion that we are only called to Sabbatic calm, and the security of the sanctuary, and the delights of the mead, and the summer holiday of the verdant woods filled with sweet music of birds; we are called to battle, to loss, to die far away from home; and, rightly accepted, obedience to such a call means heroism upon earth and coronation in heaven.<\/p>\n<p> The trumpets were to be sounded by the priests. The priests are not likely to sound many trumpets to-day. Ministers have been snubbed and silenced into an awful acquiescence with the stronger party. The pulpit should be a tower of strength to every weak cause. Women should hasten to the Church, saying, Our cause will be upheld there. Homeless little children should speed to the sanctuary, saying, We will be welcomed there. Slaves running away should open the church door with certainty of hospitality, saying, The man who stands up in that tower will forbid the tyrant to reclaim me, or the oppressor to smite me with one blow. It was God&#8217;s ordination that the trumpet should be sounded by the priests interpreting that name properly, by the teachers of religion, by the man of prayer, by the preachers of great and solemn doctrines; they are to sound the trumpet, whether it be a call to festival or to battle. We dare not do so now, because now we have house-rent to pay, and firing to find, and children to educate, and customs to obey. Were we clothed in sackcloth, or with camels&#8217; hair, and could we find food enough in the wilderness were the locusts and the honey sufficient for our natural appetites, we might beard many a tyrant, and decline many an invitation, and repel many an impertinent censor; but we must consider our ways, and balance our sentences, and remember that we are speaking in the ear of various representatives of public opinion and individual conviction. The pulpit has gone down! It has kept its form and lost its power; its voice is a mumbling tone, not a great trumpet blast that creates a space for itself, and is heard above the hurtling storm and the rush of hasteful and selfish merchandise. Were ministers to become the trumpeters of society again, what an awakening there would be in the nation! Were every Sabbath day devoted to the tearing down of some monster evil were the sanctuary dedicated to the denunciation, not of the vulgar crimes which everybody condemns, but the subtle and unnamed crimes which everybody practises, the blast of the trumpet would tear the temple walls in twain! We live in milder times we are milder people: we wish for restfulness. The priests wish to have it so also, like priest, like people The man who comes with a trumpet of festival will be welcomed; the man who sounds an alarm will be run away from by dyspeptic hearers, by bilious supporters, and by men who wish to be let alone to creep into heaven, and to be as unnoticed there as they were unknown here.<\/p>\n<p> There are trumpets which call us in spiritual directions. They are heard by the heart They are full of the tone of persuasion that highest of all the commandments. The heart hears the trumpet on the Sabbath day. The trumpet that could sound an alarm is softened in its tone into a tender entreaty, or a cheerful persuasion, or a promise of enlarged liberty. Everything depends upon the tone. The trumpet may be the same, but the tone is different. We cannot take up the trumpet of the great player and make it sound as he made it. What is it, then, that plays the trumpet? It is the soul. If we knew things as we ought to know them, we should know that it is the soul that plays every instrument, that sings every hymn, that preaches every discourse that has in it the meaning of God and the behest of Heaven. No man can deliver your messages; no man can preach your sermon. Never trust any man to deliver a message for you if you can by any possibility deliver it yourself. The words may be the very words you used, and yet what from you would have been a persuasion, from the lips of another may become almost an insult. Who can put the proper tone into the instrument make it talk lovingly, soothingly? Who can make the trumpet pronounce a benediction? Only the skilled player whose lessons have been begun, continued, and consummated in heaven. We perish for lack of tone. We have the right doctrine but the wrong expression; the words are the words of God, but the voice is an iron one a tongue heavy, and without the subtle emphasis which makes every note a revelation and every tone a welcome. Hear men read what you have written, if you would really see in it some other meaning than what you intended to convey. Ask another man to read the writing for you. Whilst you read it, you read it, with your soul&#8217;s sympathy and with a purpose in your heart, and the words answer something that is within you, and therefore you imagine that the speech is sphered off into completeness and is resonant with tones of music. Hand it to your friend; let him stand up and read your sermon back to you, and there is no humiliation upon earth equal to the agony of that distress, every word misunderstood, the emphasis put in the wrong place, words that you shade off to a vanishing point are brought to the front and made to be principal actors upon the scene; and you, with a wounded heart, turn away and say that your word has returned unto you void. But hear some man read who has entered into the very music of your soul, and he brings back a larger sermon than you gave him; he has heard every word; all the minor tones, all the shades of thought have impressed themselves upon his heart, and when he reads you say &#8220;Would God he had first made the speech! Surely the people would have risen and then bowed down and said, The Lord, he is God; the Lord, he is God.&#8221; The same trumpet called to festival and to war; so the Gospel has two tones: it calls lovingly, sweetly, tenderly; and it sounds an alarm, making the night tremble through all its temple of darkness, and sending into men&#8217;s hearts pangs of apprehension and unutterable fear.<\/p>\n<p> There is another trumpet yet to sound: &#8220;Behold, I show you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed. In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.&#8221; The trumpet is not lost, then; it is in heaven, where the Ark of the Testimony is, where the Shekinah is, where the Tabernacle of God is. The Apocalypse has taken charge of all the things which we thought were lost. Reading on through the history, we say, This is evolution: see how we have dropped off all these elementary, initial, temporary things, and how we have risen up into spirituality and idealism and the freedom of an air which has no boundary lines, no foundations, no beginning, no ending. And as we are talking this religious licentiousness, behold, the Apocalypse comes, and puts before us all the things we thought we had grown away from. Without the Apocalypse, the New Testament would have come to a deadlock; with the Apocalypse, the whole Bible is reunited, consolidated into a massive consummation, and in the Apocalypse we have tribes ay, of Judah, and Asher, and Simeon, and Zebulun, of Joseph and Benjamin; we have censers and altars and significant blood, great lights, mighty voices, marvellous exhibitions of all kinds of strength. It seems as if all the Levitical ritual had been transformed and glorified into some sublimer significance. This is the Book of God. We thought the silver trumpets were lost, and we read, And at the last, a great trumpet was sounded in heaven, and announcements were made to earth by the trumpet sounded by an angel, and the last battle was convoked by the trumpet of a spiritual trumpeter. He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth!<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The People&#8217;s Bible by Joseph Parker<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> III<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> FROM SETTING UP OF THE TABERNACLE TO THE FIRST MARCH<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> In <span class='bible'>Num 2<\/span> , I gave a historical introduction, cited a brief outline and then a very extensive one. I shall not observe either of these outlines because they lack chronological exactness, but I shall follow the chronological analysis given in <span class='bible'>Num 1<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> In studying the book of Numbers the first item of our outline which we shall notice is <span class='bible'>Num 7<\/span> which gives the gifts of the princes of Israel. Those gifts are presented in twelve successive days) following right after the day in which the tabernacle was set up, as given in the fortieth chapter of Exodus; the first day of the first month of the second year. This <span class='bible'>Num 7<\/span> of Numbers immediately follows the passage in <span class='bible'>Exo 40:35<\/span> . Exodus, in that connection, states that when Moses had completed the tabernacle and had set it up, the cloud came down and filled it so that he was not able to enter it. <span class='bible'>Num 7<\/span> tells us how Moses was able to enter and the twelve days follow right after. When we get through with this chapter, we are at the thirteenth day of the first month. Therefore, in my outline I say, the twelve days of the gifts of princes follow <span class='bible'>Exo 40:35<\/span> , where Moses could not enter the tabernacle, which date was the first day of the first month of the second year, and these offerings bring us to the thirteenth day set apart to make a gift, and among their gifts were certain offerings. At the end of this chapter we find that these offerings for sacrifices were made and closes entered the tabernacle and listened to the voice of God speaking to him.<\/p>\n<p> The next item of the outline <span class='bible'>Isa 9:1-14<\/span> . The theme is, &#8220;The Second Passover, and the provision for a little passover a little later.&#8221; This is on the fourteenth day of the first month. For those who through absence or ceremonial uncleanness were not permitted to eat the first Passover, a law provided for their eating a month later.<\/p>\n<p> From the fourteenth to the end of the first month took place all that occurred in the book of Leviticus plus these chapters in Numbers, the Levitical legislation, as set forth in Numbers 5-6 and <span class='bible'>Num 8:1-4<\/span> . If they were lunar months, we know how many days were covered fourteen days; but if it was a month according to our calculation it would cover sixteen days. In order of time that should be inserted just after the close of Leviticus.<\/p>\n<p> We come to the second month and first day where the census takes place. The census of the eleven tribes, <span class='bible'>Num 1:1-46<\/span> , amounts to 603,550 males from twenty years old up. The next item is the order in which the tribes camped, second chapter. That order was expressed in the introduction. The next item is the first census of the Levites, from one month upward, and their order of camp <span class='bible'>Num 3:14-39<\/span> , leaving the first part of the third chapter to be placed elsewhere, the census amounting to 22,000, elsewhere given as 22,300. And it is a difficult matter for commentators to explain that difference of 300. It may be done by supposing that 300 of the Levites were firstborn and, therefore, not included in the calculations afterwards made. I then showed how the Levites camped on the east.<\/p>\n<p> The next item is the census of the firstborn of Israel, <span class='bible'>Num 3:40-43<\/span> , amounting to 22,273. The next item is the exchange of the 22,273 of the firstborn of the eleven tribes for the 22,000 Levites. A commutation price was paid for the extra 273 of the firstborn, <span class='bible'>Num 3:1-13<\/span> , and also from Numbers 44-51.<\/p>\n<p> The next item is the second census of the Levites from thirty to fifty, and the chapter tells us exactly how each one had to act before going to march. I shall bring that out directly.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> The next item is the cleansing of the Levites, <span class='bible'>Num 8<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> The next item is the services to be performed by the pillar of cloud, <span class='bible'>Num 9:15-23<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> The next item is the service of the trumpets, <span class='bible'>Num 10:1-10<\/span> . That outline is absolutely accurate, chronologically and analytically, up to that point.<\/p>\n<p> My next item of the outline is to give a digest of the order of the march. In order to understand this, we must conceive of Israel in camp, each tribe in its proper place, the tabernacle up and the cloud over the tabernacle, Moses, Aaron, and his sons, and the Levites in their places. Get that picture in your mind. Now the morning has come on which they are to march. It tells us which morning in <span class='bible'>Num 10<\/span> : &#8220;And it came to pass in the second year, second month, twentieth day.&#8221; The first thing that morning was the morning sacrifices which were never neglected. As soon as that sacrifice was over, Aaron steps out and says (<span class='bible'>Num 6:24-26<\/span> ): &#8220;Jehovah bless thee and keep thee; Jehovah make his face to shine upon thee, and give thee peace.&#8221; In that way Aaron puts the name of Jehovah on the people. They don&#8217;t know when they are going to start. Suddenly that cloud that hovered down low over the tabernacle ascends into the air, the divine signal to get ready to march. Then there was a human signal, the trumpets blow. When those trumpets blew, the first people that had anything to do were Aaron and his sons. Aaron goes into the holy of holies and in the prescribed way covers the Ark of the Covenant so that it will be hidden from sight and puts the staves through the rings on the sides so that four men can carry it with those staves resting on their shoulders. Then Aaron and his sons cover up, in a prescribed way, every one of the holy things.<\/p>\n<p> Next the Gershonites, part of the tribe of Levi, come up and take charge of all curtains of every kind, always their business. They have wagons with two oxen each to help carry this vast amount of baggage. Then Eleazar and Ithamar take charge of the sacred oils and special things of that kind. Then the Merarites come and take down the heavy parts of the tent and carry them off on four wagons, each having two oxen. Then the Kohathites come and take every part that Aaron has covered except the ark. Four take charge of the ark and the rest take the other things.<\/p>\n<p> Now comes another sight. That cloud that had gone up in the air and was standing there, just as soon as the Levites have taken down all those things and loaded them on the wagons, begins to move slowly in the direction they want to go. As soon as Moses sees that, the four men that have charge of the ark pick it up and keep right under that cloud. Read that in <span class='bible'>Num 10:33<\/span> : &#8220;And they set forward from the mount of Jehovah three days&#8217; journey; and the ark of the covenant of Jehovah went before them three days&#8217; journey, to seek out a resting place for them.&#8221; So the front things at the head of the column are the cloud above and the ark below. As that ark moves, Moses says, &#8220;Rise up, O Jehovah, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee.&#8221; One of the most thrilling psalms written upon that is the psalm that Cromwell adopted as his psalm, and every time he went into battle, he made his army kneel and pray, and when the marching order was given, they marched singing the psalm that paraphrased these words of Moses. Then Moses and Aaron follow the ark, and the trumpets blow an alarm, and Judah, the vanguard, set forth with that part encamped on the east, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun with an army of 186,400 men. As soon as that vast body was in motion, the Gershonites follow with the curtains of the tent and the Merarites with the heavy fixtures. Then the trumpets blow a second alarm and those encamped on the south side, Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, move forward with an army of 151,450 men. Right after them the Kohathites follow with the holy things, and Eleazar, lthamar, the sons of Aaron, led. Then follows the third trumpet alarm and the crowd on the west moves off, Ephraim, Manasseh, and Benjamin, with a total of 108,600 men. Now, isn&#8217;t that organization? Did anybody ever see better organization?<\/p>\n<p> Now I shall tell you how they stop. They never knew when or where they would stop. They moved as long as the ark moved. God is the captain of this expedition. Whenever that cloud stops, instantly those men carrying the ark put it down under the cloud) but the cloud is away up in the air and the ark is covered. Moses and Aaron stop. Then Judah takes his position to the east and the Gershonites and Meraritea come up with their curtains and heavy parts of the tent and immediately lay off the court, put up the poles and hang the curtains and veil and nobody has ever seen the sacred things. Then there marches up Reuben&#8217;s corps and he camps on the south, and with him come the Kohathites and they walk up and put down the altar of burnt offerings, then the laver, and going into the holy place put down the altar of incense, the table of shewbread and the candlestick. Now everything is in its place. Aaron alone goes into the holy of holies to uncover the ark. Then Dan comes up and goes into camp on the north, and the tribes descended from Rachel come up and take their position on the west. Then the cloud comes down and as it settles Moses says these words: &#8220;Return, O Jehovah, come into the ten thousands of thousands of Israel.&#8221; Now, what follows? The evening sacrifice. That order applies to every day&#8217;s march. They are now going to set out on a three days&#8217; journey, stopping only at night. They are going north over a most terrible country, which Moses calls the great and horrible wilderness.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> 1. Where do you find the itinerary from Egypt to Sinai?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 2. What are the date and event of the closing of the book of Exodus?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 3. What are the events of the next twelve days?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 4. What, then, on the fourteenth day?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 5. What are the next sixteen days?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 6. Give the law of restitution in the case of trespass.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 7. In general terms describe the trial with jealousy.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 8. Give the law of the Nazarite.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 9. Give the high priest&#8217;s benediction.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 10. To what were the first nineteen days of the second month devoted?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 11. What are the terminal dates of this section?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 12. Give particulars and result of first numbering.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 13. Give again the order of their encampment.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 14. Why were the Levites exempted from secular and war service and tribal inheritance and appointed to religious service?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 15. Explain the difference of 300 found in the census of Levi.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 16. Explain fully the exchange of the male Levites for the firstborn of Israel.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 17. What is the special charge of all Levites, by families in marching and camping and their order of encampment?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 18. Why a second census of male Levites? Give particulars.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 19. What were the signals for marching and camping? Describe each.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 20. Give a digest of the order of marching,<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 21. What General adopted the psalm based upon Moses&#8217; words in <span class='bible'>Num 10:35<\/span> , as his psalm and what is the psalm?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 22. Give in detail how they stopped.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 23. Hobab, who? His service? The promised blessing?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 24. What great pulpit theme in this connection? Note. Keep your chronological analysis before you and read all references.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>the LORD. Hebrew. Jehovah. App-4. <\/p>\n<p>spake. See note on Num 1:1. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter 10<\/p>\n<p>Then in chapter ten, he was ordered to make two silver trumpets. And these silver trumpets were to be used for calling an assembly of the people together, or they were to be used at the time of battle in sounding the alarm. And if they had sounded one alarm then the camps that were on the east part were to go forward into battle. If they sounded two alarms, then also the camp on the south side was to go into battle. And so these trumpets were to be used to help direct the people.<\/p>\n<p>Naturally, when you got what, over half a million adult males out there plus all the women and children, and you don&#8217;t have any real communication system; you don&#8217;t have radios, a transistor or whatever, you&#8217;ve got to keep the camp in order. And if you&#8217;re attacked you could be attacked over here on the eastside and the people on the west side wouldn&#8217;t even know what&#8217;s going on. So, even as in the years of warfare up until modern communication, the bugle was blown to instruct the troops for various things and is even still practiced today in many of our army camps.<\/p>\n<p>When we were over in Hawaii we were on some of the military bases there and we&#8217;d here the bugle blowing to call the guys to the mess at lunchtime and we would here the various bugles and the fellows responding to the sound of the bugles. And that was basically what it was all about. They would sound assembly or they would sound the alarm for an attack or the various things, and thus, they had the various signals that would be blown by the trumpet.<\/p>\n<p>Then, of course, that is why we read in the return of Jesus Christ the trump of God. It&#8217;s the trump of God is going to sound an assembly for all of the children of God. And what a glorious-I can hardly wait to hear that trumpet blow. And I don&#8217;t know what the melody will be but I&#8217;ll tell ya, I&#8217;ll recognize it the minute I hear it. And I&#8217;ll know that it&#8217;s, you know, the Lord is calling an assembly of his children; calling us home to be with Him. And thus, we are awaiting really God&#8217;s call of assembly for the church.<\/p>\n<p>Now the trumpets were also to sound at the beginning of their Sabbath days and the holy days, the solemn days, the beginning of their month, and the blowing of the trumpets over the burnt offerings, and the peace offerings; and so forth: a memorial unto your God: for I am Jehovah your God. Now it came to pass on the twentieth day of the second month, in the second year, that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle. And the children of Israel took their journey in the wilderness of Sinai: and the cloud rested in the wilderness of Paran ( Num 10:10-12 ).<\/p>\n<p>So now God is beginning now the tabernacle is set up, the whole thing is working. So now God is beginning to move them towards the land that he has promised. So the cloud was lifted up and it moved now from the wilderness area of Mount Sinai and it is now moving to the Promise Land or towards the Promise Land and leading them into this area of Paran.<\/p>\n<p>And so the Levites all went in, they dismantled of course, the tabernacle and Aaron&#8217;s sons covering; now it&#8217;s sort of a dress rehearsal. They&#8217;ve been taught what to do and now they&#8217;re doing it as the cloud begins to move and the Kohathites move in and they take their load, the Gershonites come in, the Mararites and we&#8217;re moving. We&#8217;re on the way, excitement; God is now moving us.<\/p>\n<p>Now, Moses said to his father in law Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses&#8217; father in law, We&#8217;re journeying to the place which the LORD said, he was gonna give to us: come with us, and we will do thee good: for the LORD has spoken concerning Israel. But he said unto Moses, I&#8217;ll not go; but I will depart back to my own land, and to my own family ( Num 10:29-30 ).<\/p>\n<p>Now, his area was there near Mount Sinai and rather than journeying towards the Promise Land he just wanted to go back to his own home and family.<\/p>\n<p>And Moses said, Leave us not, I pray thee: forasmuch as you have knowledge how we are to encamp in the wilderness, that you may be to us instead of eyes ( Num 10:31 ).<\/p>\n<p>In other words, this fella was really a man of the desert. He was able to track in the desert; he was able to tell them where the water was and he had that desert savvy, that desert knowledge. And so Moses was really desiring that guy to stick with them because he really had all that desert savvy. And you can be as eyes for us, and all. And Moses was asking the fella to remain with him.<\/p>\n<p>And it shall be, that if you go with us, that whatever goodness the LORD gives to us, we&#8217;re gonna share with you. And they departed from the mount of the LORD for three days&#8217; journey: and the ark of the covenant of the LORD went before them for three days journey, to search out a resting place for them. And the cloud of the LORD was upon them by day, and when they went out of the camp. And it came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, LORD, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee. And when it rested, he said, Return, O LORD, unto the many thousands of Israel ( Num 10:32-36 ).<\/p>\n<p>So that&#8217;s beautiful. Whenever the cloud would rise up he&#8217;d say, &#8220;Rise up O LORD, move on and let your enemies flee before you&#8221; and when the cloud would settle he&#8217;d say, &#8220;All right, LORD, rest among your people&#8221; you know &#8220;among the thousands of Israel&#8221;.<\/p>\n<p>And so now God is beginning to move them toward the land of promise. And we&#8217;ve got some many exciting adventures in the book of Numbers as we move ahead. I really like the book of Numbers. The first part is a little redundant in some of the numberings and all but now we&#8217;re starting to get into some pretty exciting experiences as God begins to lead them toward the land that he had promised unto their fathers.<\/p>\n<p>Shall we stand?<\/p>\n<p>May the Lord be with you and guide you through the week. Even as he led the children of Israel and they were obedient to the charge of the Lord and moved when he said to move and rested when he said to rest, so may God make us sensitive to the leading of his Holy Spirit when we may know when to move and when to rest at the commandment of the Lord. And thus may we walk in fellowship with him and may the Lord bless thee and keep thee. May the Lord cause his face to shine upon thee and be gracious unto thee; may the Lord lift up his countenance upon thee and give thee peace, in Jesus&#8217; name. &#8220;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>The use of trumpets in the history of the people is full of interest and here we find instructions concerning it. They were intended to call the people to attention, that led to obedience. The blast of the trumpets was ever in the ear of the people authoritative as the voice of God. z&#8217; &#8216;ach note had suggested its own meaning. Certain calls were to assembly in one place, while others summoned to preparation for the march or for conflict, as the case might be.<\/p>\n<p>As the movement forward commenced, we have the story of how Moses persuaded Hobab and his people to accompany them. He first suggested that it would be advantageous to Hobab, as he said, &#8220;Come thou with us, and we will do thee good.&#8221; This was not successful in winning Hobab. Then Moses said, &#8220;Thou shalt be to us instead of eyes,&#8221; thus appealing to him for his help. This appeal was successful.<\/p>\n<p>The story here closes with the suggestive words which Moses used at the opening and closing of each successive movement of the hosts. They indicated Moses&#8217; and the people&#8217;s profound recognition that everything centered in the presence and government of God, both in regard to the victory of Israel over her enemies and her own eternal safety and well-being. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>the Trumpets Sound the March <\/p>\n<p>Num 10:1-16<\/p>\n<p>Each trumpet was made of a solid piece of silver. They fulfilled several purposes, summoning an assembly, sounding the march, gathering for battle. They are referred to symbolically in Mat 24:31, and 1Co 15:52. We are constantly being called to arise and depart! Is not the trumpet calling today to a slumbering Church to move out to the evangelization of the world? For a whole year Israel had sojourned under Sinai. They left Egypt an undisciplined crowd; they had become a nation, and a marshaled host. Each knew his pedigree and standard; every tribe had its appointed place. The soul must visit Sinai, but not live there. It must journey forth to Hermon, Olivet, and Calvary. The Church is moving on! Find thy place in the great procession and keep it. Remembered by God and saved from your enemies! Compare Num 10:9 and Isa 52:12.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: F.B. Meyer&#8217;s Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Num 10:29<\/p>\n<p>This text expresses the essential spirit of the Jewish dispensation. It is the essential spirit of all God&#8217;s dispensations. His chief word to man everywhen and everywhere is &#8220;Come.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>I. This leads me to lay down this general principle-God&#8217;s privileges, the gifts which He bestows, and the advantages which He confers on some are never intended to be exclusive. They are never meant to dishearten men and drive them to despair, but always to be the means of drawing them to Himself. If God gives to one man advantages which He denies to another, it is that the first may be His minister to bring that other to share in His joy. Ministry, like mercy, is &#8220;twice blessed: it blesseth him that gives and him that takes.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>II. The invitation is &#8220;Come with us, and we will do you good.&#8221; (1) Come with us to the house of God. Man is a spirit, and a man&#8217;s spirit rests only in communing with God and doing the Father&#8217;s mission. The man who has lifted his soul up from the earth by holy contemplations on the first day of the week will find himself strong to resist the temptation to grovel during the rest. (2) Come with us to the word of truth. There is no condition, there are no circumstances, for which blessed words are not to be found in that book, words such as no mere man could speak to you. Come with us to the word of truth. Learn with us to make it the man of your counsel, the way-book of your pilgrimage. (3) Come with us to the living Saviour. Come and listen to His message of mercy; come and stand before the cross on Calvary; look on Him whom you too have pierced; mourn, and hear for yourself the blessed words, &#8220;Thy faith hath saved thee: go in peace.&#8221; (4) Come with us to the Father&#8217;s home on high. &#8220;Come with us, and we will do you good.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> T. Baldwin Brown, Aids to the Development of the Divine Life, No. IV.<\/p>\n<p>References: Num 10:29.-A. Raleigh, From Dawn to Perfect Day, p. 123; Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xvi., No. 916; R. M. McCheyne, Additional Remains, p. 95; Homiletic Magazine, vol. xi., p. 339, and xii., p. 13; G. Brooks, Outlines of Sermons, 1887, p. 123; A. K. H. B., Towards the Sunset, p. 147. Num 10:29-31.-A. Maclaren, The Secret of Power, p. 251; Old Testament Outlines, p. 36. Num 10:29-32.-W. Hay Aitken, Mission Sermons, 1st series, p. 154. Num 10:29-36.-Parker, vol. iii., p. 183. Num 10:35.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. vii., No. 368.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:35-36<\/p>\n<p>The words of the text were the morning and evening prayer of the children of Israel.<\/p>\n<p>I. Prayer is the best means of reminding ourselves of the presence of God. To place ourselves in His hands before we go forth on our journey, on our pleasure, on our work; to commit ourselves again to Him before we retire to rest-this is the best security for keeping up our faith and trust in Him in whom we all profess to believe, whom we all expect to meet after we leave the world.<\/p>\n<p>II. Prayer is also the best security for our leading a good and happy life. It has been well said twice over by Sir Walter Scott that prayer to the almighty Searcher of hearts is the best check to murmurs against Providence, or to the inroad of worldly passions, because nothing else brings before us so strongly their inconsistency and unreasonableness.<\/p>\n<p>III. No one can pretend to prescribe what another&#8217;s prayers should be; that each man must know best for himself. But the general spirit in which they should be offered is well expressed in the two great prayers of the text. Whatever may be our particular petition to God in the morning, we must have this object steadily before us: that He will rise and go forth with us to our daily duties and enjoyments, that He may be in our thoughts throughout the day, and that His enemies may flee before Him on every occasion when they lurk for us. And in the evening we have no less before us the desire that God may return to us, however much we have offended Him during the day, that He may turn again and make the light of His countenance to shine upon us.<\/p>\n<p> A. P. Stanley, Sermons in the East, p. 81.<\/p>\n<p>References: Num 10:35, Num 10:36.-Old Testament Outlines, p. 39; Homiletic Quarterly, vol. ii., p. 220. Num 11:1.-Spurgeon, My Sermon Notes, 1884, p. 42. Num 11:1-3.-Parker, vol. iii., p. 190. Num 11:11.-Spurgeon, Morning by Morning, p. 28. Num 11:16, Num 11:17.-Clergyman&#8217;s Magazine, vol. viii., p. 276. Num 11:23.-Spurgeon, Evening by Evening, p. 160; Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. vii., No. 363; Parker, vol. iv., p. 51.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Sermon Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>8. The Trumpets of Silver<\/p>\n<p>CHAPTER 10:1-10<\/p>\n<p>1. The silver trumpets (Num 10:1-2)<\/p>\n<p>2. How they were to be used (Num 10:3-10)<\/p>\n<p>The silver trumpets were also given for guidance. They made known the mind of the Lord in an audible way. The cloud was seen. It stands for guidance by the eye. The silver trumpets were heard. When Israel was gathered together the trumpets were blown. When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east side shall go forward; when ye blow an alarm the second time then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey. They were used in time of war and the promise of victory and deliverance is connected with it. And in the days of gladness, in solemn days, in the beginning of the months, at the burnt offerings and peace offerings these trumpets were to be blown. And in the future there will be a use for the trumpet in connection with the gathering of Israel (feast of trumpets). Read Isa 27:12-13; Joe 2:1. Thus all was ordered for them by the Lord. The sound of the trumpets was to them the voice of God giving direction and a comforting assurance at the same time. They typify the Word of God. It must not be overlooked that the sons of Aaron, the priests, had to blow the trumpet. They were in holy communion with the Lord and made known His will to the people. As Israel was dependent on the sound of the trumpets, so are we dependent as His people on the testimony of His Word. His will is ascertained in priestly intimacy with Himself.<\/p>\n<p>This ends the first part of this interesting book. It shows how Jehovah made all preparations and provisions for the wilderness journey of His people. He had them numbered, the camp was arranged and put in order, the service of the Levites appointed. The offerings were brought, the Levites consecrated, the Passover celebrated and the guidance by the cloud and silver trumpets given. All was ready for the journey.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Gaebelein&#8217;s Annotated Bible (Commentary)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Reciprocal: Gen 42:13 &#8211; Thy servants Gen 46:15 &#8211; Leah Num 1:52 &#8211; General Num 7:2 &#8211; the princes Num 7:17 &#8211; this was the offering Num 29:1 &#8211; blowing Jos 6:4 &#8211; trumpets of rams&#8217; Jdg 7:20 &#8211; blew 2Sa 6:15 &#8211; the sound 2Ki 11:14 &#8211; General 2Ch 5:12 &#8211; an hundred 2Ch 7:6 &#8211; the priests 2Ch 23:13 &#8211; and the princes Ezr 3:10 &#8211; trumpets Psa 47:5 &#8211; sound Psa 81:3 &#8211; Blow Psa 98:6 &#8211; trumpets Mat 24:31 &#8211; with Rev 8:2 &#8211; trumpets<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Num 10:2. Two trumpets, for the two sons of Aaron. We also read that one hundred and twenty priests had each of them a trumpet. 2Ch 5:12.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:10. Ye shall blow with the trumpets. The first day of every month was a feast. The neomania was observed by the heathen. Vide Macrob. Saturn. Num 1:16. They acknowledged the goodness of God in the appointed months of the harvest.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:12. The wilderness of Paran extends eleven days journey, and limits the borders of ancient Edom on the south.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:18. The standard. See Num 2:2.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:29. Hobab. His visit to Moses is related, Exodus 18. Whether he had staid a year in the camp to learn the ways of the Lord, or whether, as is more probable, he had made another visit on the removal of the camp, is uncertain. His country however was not far distant, for it is allowed that Moses was at Horeb when the Lord called him to emancipate the people; and his flock could not be far off. When Jethro, here called Hobab, first came to the camp, they had not reached Sinai. Reuel, mentioned in Exo 2:18, is supposed to be the father of Hobab. This good man might die while Israel was in the desert; if not, both he and his family, on farther consideration, accepted the invitation. Jdg 1:16. They are called Rechabites, Jeremiah 35. and Essenes.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:31. Instead of eyes. The LXX read, Thou shalt be an elder amongst us.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:35. Rise up, Lord. Thus Moses, no doubt, after the ancient example, began and ended all his journies and works with devotion.<\/p>\n<p>REFLECTIONS.<\/p>\n<p>The priests were instructed to blow the silver trumpets for the removal of the camp; for the celebration of a feast; for preparation to sacrifice; for advancing to war; and assembling the people for instruction and devotion. And for each of these several objects they were trained to give the trumpet a variation of sound, indicating the duty for which the elders or the tribes were called to prepare. The sounding of these trumpets most aptly applies to the alarms and energies of the sacred ministry. If the pastor, negligent of his duty, shall suffer the wicked to slumber and perish in their sins, the Lord will require those souls at the pastors hand. Hence he must cry aloud, spare not, lift up his voice like a trumpet, and show the people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. So St. Paul preached Christ; so he warned every man, and taught every man, that he might present every man perfect in Christ Jesus. If ministers merely amuse the wicked, and trifle with the desperate situation of ungodly men, the hand of justice will not spare the faithless in so high an office: for if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself for the battle.<\/p>\n<p>The cloud led the people by the wilderness of Paran; and it was that they might not be assailed with war. We had better do so still in our journey through life. We had better, on many occasions, sacrifice rights, and go a little round about than quarrel with our neighbours.<\/p>\n<p>Moses, leading Israel to inherit the promises, generously invited Hobab to participate in their glory and hope. He had found an asylum under this mans roof, and now he gratefully wishes him to shelter under the wings of JEHOVAH. But when wishful to induce his father-in-law to emigrate, and take his lot with Israel, he uses no boasting promises, no ostentatious display of future good; he merely holds forth a lot with the better families of Israel, in which the hope of the Messiah was implied to crown the whole. Moses, knowing the benevolence of Hobab, rather suggests the good he would still do to Israel by guiding them in the road. And christians going to the better country, should not be wanting to invite their friends to that happy and everlasting abode. Let us promise to comfort them with the consolations wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God. We will assist them in the removal of all their doubts and fears; will weep with them in trouble, and pray with them in affliction. We will endeavour to add to their faith and virtue, and take them by the hand when they go astray; and surely it is no small motive to piety, to suggest a life of doing good. Thou shalt be as eyes to us by the way. How happy to fall in with the circles of religious societies, with whom we may be providentially called or connected: and how happy to unite in benevolent institutions for the aid of the sick, for the instruction of the poor, and the suppression of vice!<\/p>\n<p>When the ark went forth, followed by the several divisions of the camp, Moses entreated the Lord to arise and scatter his enemies, and in the evening he entreated him to return unto his rest with Israel. Just so, in the morning, we should all ask the defence and blessing of God, on the labours, travels, or duties of the day; and in the evening, let us not be wanting to close the day with piety, that we may rest in God, and that He may dwell with us for ever. And, oh how happy is Israel in the guidance, the care, and defence of the Lord! <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Sutcliffe&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Numbers 10<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, make thee two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece shalt thou make them; that thou mayest use them for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camp. And when they shall blow with them, all the assembly shall assemble themselves to thee at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. And if they blow but with one trumpet, then the princes, which are heads of the thousands of Israel, shall gather themselves unto thee. When ye blow an alarm, then the camps that lie on the east parts shall go forward. When ye blow an alarm the second time, then the camps that lie on the south side shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarm for their journeys. But when the congregation is to be gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm. And the sons of Aaron, the priest, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be to you for an ordinance for ever throughout your generations. And if ye go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresseth you, then ye shall blow an alarm with the trumpets; and ye shall be remembered before the Lord your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God. I am the Lord your God.&#8221; Verses 1-10.<\/p>\n<p>We have quoted the entire of this interesting passage for the reader, in order that he may have before him, in the veritable language of inspiration, the lovely institution of &#8220;The silver trumpets.&#8221; It comes in, with striking fitness, immediately after the instruction respecting the movement of the cloud, and is bound up, in a very marked nay, with the entire history of Israel, not only in the past but also in the future. The sound of the trumpet was familiar to every circumcised ear. It was the communication of the mind of God, in a form distinct and simple enough to be understood by every member of the congregation, however distant he might be from the source whence the testimony emanated. God took care that each one in that vast assembly, however far away, should hear the silvery tones of the trumpet of testimony.<\/p>\n<p>Each trumpet was to be made of one piece, and they fulfilled a double purpose. In other words, the source of the testimony was one, however the object and practical result might vary. Every movement in the camp was to be the result of the sound of the trumpet. was the congregation to be gathered in festive joy and worship? It was by a certain sound of the trumpet. Were the tribes to be gathered in hostile array? It was by a blast of the trumpet. In a word, the solemn assembly, and the warlike host; the instruments of music and the weapons of war &#8211; all &#8211; all was regulated by the silver trumpet. Any movement, whether festive, religious, or hostile, that was not the result of that familiar sound, could be but the fruit of a restless and unsubdued will, which Jehovah could, by no means, sanction. The pilgrim host in the wilderness was as dependent upon the sound of the trumpet as upon the movement of the cloud. the testimony of God, communicated in that particular manner, was to govern every movement throughout the many thousands of Israel.<\/p>\n<p>Moreover, it pertained to the sons of Aaron, the priests, to blow with the trumpets, for the mind of God can only be known and communicated in priestly nearness and communion. It was the high and holy privilege of the priestly family to cluster round the sanctuary of God, there to catch the first movement of the cloud, and communicate the same to the most distant parts of the camp. they were responsible to give a certain sound, and every member of the militant host was equally responsible to yield a ready and an implicit obedience. It would have been at once positive rebellion for any to attempt to move without the word of command, or to refuse to move when once that word was given. All had to wait upon the divine testimony, and walk in the light thereof the very moment it was given. To move without the testimony would be to move in the dark; to refuse to move, when the testimony was given, would be to remain in the dark.<\/p>\n<p>This is most simple and deeply practical. We can have no difficulty in seeing its force and application, in the case of the congregation in the wilderness. But let us remember that all this was a type; and, further, that it is written for our learning. We are solemnly bound, therefore, to look into it; we are imperatively called upon to seek to gather up and treasure up the great practical instruction contained in the singularly beautiful ordinance of the silver trumpet. Nothing could be more seasonable for the present moment. It teaches a lesson to which the Christian reader should give his most profound attention. It sets forth, in the most distinct manner possible, that God&#8217;s people are to be absolutely dependent upon, and wholly subject to, divine testimony, in all their movements. A child may read this in the type before us. The congregation in the wilderness dared not assemble for any festive or religious object until they heard the sound of the trumpet; nor could the men of war buckle on their armour, till summoned forth by the signal of alarm to meet the uncircumcised foe. They worshipped and they fought, they journeyed and they halted, in simple obedience to the trumpet call. It was not, by any means, a question of their likings or dislikings, their thoughts, their opinions, or their judgement. It was simply and entirely a question of implicit obedience. Their every movement was dependent upon the testimony of God, as given by the priests from the sanctuary. The song of the worshipper and the shout of the warrior were each the simple fruit of the testimony of God.<\/p>\n<p>How beautiful! How striking! How instructive! And, let us add, how deeply practical! Why do we dwell upon it? Because we firmly believe it contains a needed lesson for the day in which our lot is cast. If there is one feature more characteristic than another of the present hour, it is insubjection to divine authority-positive resistance of the truth when it demands unqualified obedience and self-surrender. It is all well enough so long as it is truth setting forth, with divine fullness and clearness, our pardon, our acceptance, our life, our righteousness, our eternal security in Christ. This will be listened to, and delighted in. But the very moment it becomes a question of the claims and authority of that blessed one who gave His life to save us from the flames of hell, and introduce us to the everlasting joys of heaven, all manner of difficulties are started; all sorts of reasonings and questions are raised; clouds of prejudice gather round the soul, and darken the understanding, the sharp edge of truth is blunted or turned aside, in a thousand ways. There is no waiting for the sound of the trumpet; and when it sounds, with a blast as clear as God himself can give, there is no response to the summons. We move when we ought to be still; and we halt when we ought to be moving.<\/p>\n<p>Reader, what must be the result of this? Either no progress at all, or progress in a wrong direction, which is worse than none. it is utterly impossible that we can advance in the divine life, unless we yield ourselves, without reserve, to the word of the Lord. Saved we may be, through the rich aboundings of divine mercy, and through the atoning virtues of a Saviour&#8217;s blood; But shall we rest satisfied with being saved by Christ, and not seek, in some feeble measure, to walk with him, and live for Him? Shall we accept of salvation through the work which He has wrought, not long after deeper intimacy of communion with Himself, and more complete subjection to His authority in all things? How would it have been with Israel in the wilderness, had they refused attention to the sound of the trumpet? We can see it at a glance. If, for example, they had presumed, at any time, to assemble for a festive or religious object, without the divinely appointed summons; what would have been the result? Or, further, had they taken it upon themselves to move forward on their journey, or go forth to war, ere the trumpet had sounded an alarm; How would it have been? Or, finally, had they refused to move, when called by the sound of the trumpet, either to the solemn assembly, the onward march, or to the battle, how would they have fared?<\/p>\n<p>The answer is as plain as a sunbeam. Let us ponder it. It has a lesson for us. Let us apply our hearts to it. the silver trumpet settled and ordered every movement for Israel of old. The testimony of God ought to settle and order everything for the Church now. That silver trumpet was blown by the priests of old. That testimony of God is known in priestly communion now. A Christian has no right to move or act apart from divine testimony. He must wait upon the word of his Lord. Till he gets that, he must stand still. When he has gotten it, he must go forward. God can and does communicate His mind to His militant people now, just as distinctly as He did to His people of old. True, it is not now by the sound of a trumpet, or the movement of a cloud; but by His word and Spirit. It is not by anything that strikes the senses that our Father guides us; But by that which acts on the heart, the conscience, and the understanding. It is not by that which is natural, but by that which is spiritual, that He communicates His mind.<\/p>\n<p>But let us be well assured of this, that our God can and does give our hearts full certainty both as to what we should do, and what we should not do; as to where we should go, and where we should not go. It seems strange to be obliged to insist upon this &#8211; passing strange that any Christian should doubt, much less deny it. And yet so it is. We are often in doubt and perplexity; and some there are who are ready to deny that there can be any such thing as certainty as to the details of daily life and action. This surely is wrong. Cannot an earthly father communicate his mind to his child as to the most minute particulars of his conduct? Who will deny this? And cannot our Father communicate His mind to us, as to all our ways, from day to day Unquestionably He can; and let not the Christian reader be robbed of the holy privilege of knowing his Father&#8217;s mind in reference to every circumstance of his daily life.<\/p>\n<p>Are we to suppose, for a moment, that the Church of God is worse off, in the matter of guidance, than the camp in the desert? Impossible. How is it, then, that one often finds Christians at a loss as to their movements? It must be owing to the lack of a circumcised ear to hear the sound of the silver trumpet, and of a subject will to yield a response to the sound. It may, however, be said that we are not to expect to hear a voice from heaven telling us to do this or that, or to go hither or thither; nor yet to find a literal text of scripture to guide us in the minor matters of our every day history. How, for example, is one to know whether he ought to visit a certain town, and remain there a certain time? We reply, If the ear is circumcised, you will assuredly hear the silver trumpet. Till that sounds, never stir: when it sounds, never tarry. This will make all so clear, so simple, so safe, so certain. It is the grand cure for doubt, hesitancy, and vacillation. It will save us from the necessity of running for advice to this one and that one, as to how we should act, or where we should go. and, furthermore, it will teach us that it is none of our business to attempt to control the actions or movements of others. Let each one have his ear open, and his heart subject, and then, assuredly, he will possess all the certainty that God can give him, as to his every act and movement, from day to day. Our ever gracious God can give clearness and decision as to everything. If he does not give it, no one can. If He does, no one need.<\/p>\n<p>Thus much as to the beautiful institution of the silver trumpet, which we shall not pursue further now, though, as we have noticed above, it is not confined, in its application to Israel in the wilderness, but is bound up with their entire history right onward to the end. Thus we have the feast of trumpets; the trumpet of the jubilee; the blowing of trumpets over their sacrifices, upon which we do not now dwell, as our immediate object is to help the reader to seize the grand idea presented in the opening paragraph of our chapter. May the Holy Spirit impress upon our hearts the needed lesson of &#8220;the silver trumpets!&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>We have now travelled, in our meditations on this precious book, the moment in the which the camp is called to more forward. All is duly ordered, according to that grand regulator &#8211; &#8220;The commandment of the Lord.&#8221; Each man according to his pedigree, and each tribe according to the standard thereof, is in the divinely appointed place. The Levites are at their posts, each with his own clearly defined work to do. Full provision is made for the cleansing of the camp from every species of defilement; and not only so, but the lofty standard of personal holiness is unfurled, and the fruits of active benevolence are presented. Then we have the golden candlestick and its seven lamps, giving forth their pure and precious light. We have the pillar of fire and of cloud; and, finally, the double testimony of the silver trumpet. In short, nothing is lacking to the pilgrim host. A vigilant eye, a powerful hand, and a loving heart have provided for every possible contingency, so that the whole congregation in the wilderness, and each member in particular, might be &#8220;thoroughly furnished.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>This is only what we might expect. If God undertakes to provide for any one, or for any people, the provision, must of necessity, be perfect. It is wholly impossible that God could omit any one thing needful. He knows all things, and can do all things. Nothing can escape His vigilant eye; nothing is beyond His omnipotent hand. Hence, therefore, all those who can truly say, &#8220;The Lord is my Shepherd,&#8221; may add, without hesitancy or reserve, &#8220;I shall not want.&#8221; the soul that is, in truth and reality, leaning on the arm of the living God can never &#8211; shall never &#8211; want any good thing. The poor foolish heart may imagine a thousand wants; but God knows what we really want, and He will provide for ALL.<\/p>\n<p>Thus, then, the camp is ready to move; but, strange to say, there is a departure from the order laid down in the opening of the book. The ark of the covenant, instead of reposing in the bosom of the camp, goes in the very front. In other words, Jehovah, instead of remaining in the centre of the congregation to be waited upon there, actually condescends, in His marvellous, inimitable grace, to do the work of an avant-courier, for His people.<\/p>\n<p>But let us see what it is that leads to this touching display of grace. &#8220;And Moses said unto Hobab, the son of Raguel the Midianite, Moses&#8217; father-in-law, We are journeying unto the place of which the Lord said, I will give it you; come thou with us and we will do thee good; for the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. And he said unto him, I will not go; but I will depart to mine own land, and to my kindred. and he said, Leave us not, I pray thee, forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou mayest be to us instead of eyes.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Now, if we did not know something of our own hearts, and the tendency thereof to lean on the creature! rather than upon the living God, we might well marvel at the above. We might feel disposed to enquire, What could Moses possibly want with Hobab&#8217;s eyes? Was not Jehovah sufficient? Did not He know the wilderness? Would He suffer them to go astray? What o[ the cloud and the silver trumpet? were not they better than Hobab&#8217;s eyes? why, then, did Moses seek for human aid? Alas! alas! We can but too well understand the reason. We all know, to our sorrow and loss, the tendency of the heart to lean upon something that our eyes can see. We do not like to occupy the ground of absolute dependence upon God for every step of the journey. we find it hard to lean upon an unseen arm. A Hobab that we can see inspires as with more confidence than the living God whom we cannot see. We move on with comfort and satisfaction when we possess the countenance and help of some poor failing mortal; but we hesitate, falter, and quail when called to move on in naked faith in God.<\/p>\n<p>These statements may seem strong; but the question is, are they true? Is there a Christian who reads these lines that will not freely own that it is even so? We are all prone to lean upon an arm of in flesh, and that, too, in the face of a thousand and one examples of the folly of so doing. We have proved, times without number, the vanity of All creature confidences, and yet we will confide in the creature. On the other hand, we have, again and again, proved the reality of leaning upon the word and upon the arm of the living God. We have found that He has never failed us, never disappointed us, nay, that He has always done exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think; and yet we are ever ready to distrust Him, ever ready to lean upon any broken reed, and betake ourselves to any broken cistern.<\/p>\n<p>Thus it is with us; But, blessed be God, His grace abounds toward us, as it did toward Israel, on the occasion to which we are now referring. If Moses will look to Hobab for guidance, Jehovah will teach His Servant that He Himself is all-sufficient as a guide. &#8220;and they departed from the mount of the Lord three days&#8217; journey; and the ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them in the three days&#8217; journey, to search out a resting place for them.<\/p>\n<p>What rich, what precious grace! In place of their finding a resting-place for Him, He would find a resting place for them. What a thought! The mighty God, the Creator of the ends of the earth, going through the wilderness to look out for a suitable camping ground for a people who were ready, at every turn in their path, to murmur and rebel against Him!<\/p>\n<p>Such is our God, ever &#8220;patient, gracious, powerful, holy&#8221; &#8211; ever rising, in the magnificence of His grace above all our unbelief and failure, and proving Himself superior, in His love, to all the barriers which our unfaithfulness would erect. He, most assuredly, proved to Moses and to Israel, that He was far better as a guide than ten thousand Hobabs. We are not told in this place, whether Hobab went or not. He certainly refused the first appeal, and perhaps the second likewise. But we are told that the Lord went with them. &#8220;The cloud of the Lord was upon them by day, when they went out of the camp.&#8221; Blessed shelter in the wilderness! Blessed, unfailing resource, in everything! He went before His people to search them out a resting place, and when He had found a spot suited to their need, He halted with them, and spread His sheltering wing over them, to protect them from every foe. &#8220;He found him in a desert land, and in the waste howling wilderness; he led him about, He instructed him, He kept will as the apple of his eye. As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings; so the Lord alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him.&#8221; (Deut. 32: 10-12.) &#8220;He spread a Cloud for a covering, and fire to give light in the night.&#8221; Psalm 105: 39.<\/p>\n<p>Thus, then, all was provided for, according to the wisdom, power, and goodness of God. Nothing was, or could be, lacking, inasmuch as God Himself was there. &#8220;And it came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered, and let them that hate thee flee before thee. And when it rested, he said, Return, O Lord, unto the many thousands of Israel.&#8221;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Mackintosh&#8217;s Notes on the Pentateuch<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Num 10:1-10. The Silver Trumpets.These were straight in shape and about Leviticus 18 or Leviticus 20 in. long (Ezr 3:10*). The various signals given by them were distinguished partly by the number of the blasts, partly by their character, some being alarms (martial notes, Num 10:9), others not. Instances of their use occur in Num 31:6, 1Ch 13:8; 1Ch 15:24, 2Ch 13:12 f., Eze 3:10, 1Ma 4:40; 1Ma 5:33.<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:6. The LXX adds that when a third and a fourth alarm were blown, the camps on the W. and the N. were to move.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Peake&#8217;s Commentary on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>TWO SILVER TRUMPETS<\/p>\n<p>(vs.1-10)<\/p>\n<p>We have seen in the cloud and the fire the providential guidance of God over His people. Yet we are not left to depend totally upon this, for now the trumpets speak of the plainly declared word of God, as we are reminded in 1Co 14:8, &#8220;For if the trumpet makes an uncertain sound, who will prepare for the battle?&#8221; The trumpets therefore were to be sounded jut as the Lord instructed, so that their message would not be mistaken.<\/p>\n<p>They were to be made of hammered or beaten work (v.2), symbolizing suffering, for obedience to the word of God will always involve suffering of some kind. If both trumpets were blown, this was the signal for all the congregation of Israel to gather before Moses at the door of the tabernacle (v.3). There were occasions when all must be present to hear some special message from the Lord. If only one trumpet was blown, this was to summon the leaders of each tribe, no doubt to hear a message that was not necessary for the congregation generally. For instance, only apostles and elders were called together in Act 15:2 to consider the question of whether Gentile believers should conform to the law of Moses. Then they conveyed God&#8217;s decision to the people generally.<\/p>\n<p>When about to travel, an alarm (or advance) was blown (v.5), the first alarm signaling the movement of the camps on the east side, the second alarm calling for the movement of those on the south side (vs.5-6). Nothing is said as to the north and west sides. Perhaps it is to be understood that the alarm was blown the third and fourth time for these. At the coming of the Lord, His word will be a clarion call to summon all believers away from earth to His own glorious presence. Wonderful it will be to hear Him say, &#8220;Rise up, my love, my fair one, and come away&#8221; (Son 2:10).<\/p>\n<p>The sons of Aaron were those designated to blow the trumpets, therefore it was priestly work (v.8). Those who were habitually engaged in sanctuary service, being thus near to the Lord, where those who would have proper discernment from God as to what was necessary and becoming in these things. Though all believers are priests today, we cannot say that all have the discernment necessary in functioning as priests. May we learn what it means to so function. If, on entering their land, it was necessary to engage in warfare, then the trumpets were to sound an alarm. Let us remember too that we are to engage in conflict only when called by the word of God to do so. If God is leading, we too, as Israel, will be saved from our enemies (v.9).<\/p>\n<p>Also, at the set times of Israel&#8217;s appointed feasts, and at the beginning of each month, the trumpets were to be sounded in drawing attention to their burnt offerings and peace offerings, just as the word of God draws our special attention to the sacrifice of Christ as that which brings glory to God for eternity (the. burnt offering). and that by which believers are brought into the fellowship with the Father and the Son (the peace offering). The sin offering and trespass offering are not mentioned here, for though they are important as to Christ&#8217;s bearing our sins and breaking the power of sin, yet they do not speak primarily of worship and fellowship, as do the burnt and peace offerings.<\/p>\n<p>JOURNEYING FROM SINAI<\/p>\n<p>(vs.11-36)<\/p>\n<p>The preparations taking place at Sinai, the giving of the law, the building of the tabernacle, instructions as to offerings, the setting in place of priests and Levites, etc. have now been completed, so that what follows is the history of the wilderness journey of Israel. Before this, God had made preparations of grace and government for them; now we are to see how the people respond to this in their wilderness history.<\/p>\n<p>About one year and five weeks after the Passover in Egypt the cloud was taken up from above the tabernacle, so that Israel began their journey following the cloud. They left the wilderness of Sinai only to enter the wilderness of Paran. Egypt symbolizes the world in its proud independence of God, boasting it its own sufficiency. But the wilderness is the world as a believer finds it to be in experience, a place barren and destitute of true blessing. For the believer has a new nature that desires things that the world cannot provide, and if he does not set his mind on things above, where Christ sits on the right hand of God (Col 3:1-2), he cannot be content nor happy, for the world around him has nothing to satisfy his need. So Israel ought to have set their minds on God&#8217;s promise of the blessing of the land of Canaan, which was set before them as in incentive for obedience to Him.<\/p>\n<p>The tribes set out on the journey in the order God had prescribed, Judah first, its leader being Nahshon the son of Amminadab (vs.14-15); Issachar, with Nethaneel son of Zuar leading (v.15; the Zebulon with its leader Eliab the son of Helon (v.16). When these had moved the tabernacle was taken down, and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari set out, carrying the tabernacle (v.17). The tribe of Reuben was next, with Elizur son of Shedeur leading (v.18); then Simeon and its leader, Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai (v.19); then God with Eliasaph the son of Deuel leading (v.20). Following Gad were the Kohathites carrying the furniture of the tabernacle, so that on their arrival the tabernacle would have been prepared for them. Thus the Kohathites would be in the middle of the procession, with the holy things having a central place.<\/p>\n<p>Ephraim next began their journey, having Elishama the son of Ammihud as leader (v.22); then Manasseh being led by Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur (v.23); then Benjamin with its leader Abidan the son of Gideoni. Dan followed with its leader Ahiezer the son of Amishaddai (v.25); then Asher and its leader Pagiel the son of Ocran (v.26); and finally Naphthali, led by Ahira the son of Enan (v.27). All of this shows that God is a God of order. Although in the Church of God there is no physical order such as this involved at all, yet God&#8217;s instructions in scripture, as for instance in 1 Corinthians, are plain enough that we have no excuse if we do not do all things decently and in order (1Co 14:40). Not that any man is in charge to control the saints, but the Lord is in authority and each individual has the Spirit of God by whose influence all may be subject to the Lord, thus maintaining godly order in spiritual unity.<\/p>\n<p>Verse 29 speaks of Moses asking Hobab, son of Reuel to come with Israel. Hobab was the brother of Moses&#8217; wife Zipporah. No doubt it was simply because of this relationship that Moses requested him to come. Before the law was given, Jethro (known as Reuel also) had come to Moses and advised him to delegate authority to others in Israel, then had returned to his own land (Exo 18:17-27). We do not know when Hobab had come, but he told Moses he would not go with Israel, but would return to his own land (v.30).<\/p>\n<p>Moses nevertheless urged him, because Hobab knew something of the country they would pass through, and he could be &#8220;eyes&#8221; for Israel. Besides, Moses promised him, they would treat him well, as the Lord treated Israel. It seems strange that Moses would want the eyes of a mere man to lead them, for God had given them the pillar of cloud and of fire. Could he not be trusted to lead perfectly without other help? However, nothing is said as to whether Hobab accepted this. Still, Hobab is not mentioned again in all the wilderness history. His children are mentioned in Jdg 4:11, but not as part of Israel.<\/p>\n<p>Leaving Mount Horeb, the first leg of Israel&#8217;s journey took three days (v.33). This is significant of leaving the world to take up resurrection life even in desert circumstances. We are told that the ark went before them, and that the cloud was above them (v.34).<\/p>\n<p>Because the ark was the symbol of the Lord&#8217;s presence, Moses prayed when it set out, &#8220;Rise up, 0 Lord!&#8221; (v.35). Well may believers also commend themselves to the Lord&#8217;s protection at the beginning of each day&#8217;s journey. Then when the ark rested, Moses prayed, &#8220;Return, 0 Lord, to the many thousands of Israel&#8221; (v.36). So, whether in journeying or whether at rest, we need the presence of the Lord.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Grant&#8217;s Commentary on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><span style=\"font-weight:bold;text-decoration:underline\">3. The departure from Sinai ch. 10<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span style=\"font-weight:bold\">The two silver trumpets 10:1-10<\/span><\/p>\n<p>God ordered that priests should announce His movement of the people by blowing two silver trumpets because the Israelites would not watch the cloud continuously. The blasts from the trumpets would reach the farthest tents in the camp (cf. 1Th 4:16-17).<\/p>\n<p>&quot;Whereas the cloud in Num 9:15-23 represents the divine initiative in leadership the trumpets constitute the response of the human leadership as it summons the congregation to gather at the tent, and signals the moment of advance for each tribal group.&quot;<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Budd, p. 107.] <\/span><\/p>\n<p>The size and shape of these trumpets were probably similar to those that appear on a panel on the Arch of Titus that still stands in Rome. If so, they were long and straight. The Israelites may have fashioned them after Egyptian models, pictures of which appear on several old Egyptian monuments. The priests also used these trumpets in times of war in Canaan. They used them to call the people to arms and to remind them to seek God&rsquo;s help so He would deliver them (Num 10:9). They also announced the feasts of Israel and the first day of each new month to remind the people to remember their God (Num 10:10).<\/p>\n<p>In this chapter we have the first reference to the new moon celebration (Num 10:10). The appearance of the new moon signaled the beginning of a new month. The Jews viewed the first day of each new month as consecrated to God in a way similar to the Sabbath (cf. Isa 1:13). They marked this fresh beginning with special sacrifices (Num 28:11-15) over which the priests blew the silver trumpets (Num 10:10; Psa 81:3). On the new moon of the seventh month, the Feast of Trumpets, the people did no work (Lev 23:25-25; Num 29:1-6; 2Ki 4:23). In Israel&rsquo;s later history the priests blew these trumpets on other festal occasions as well (Ezr 3:10; Neh 12:35; Neh 12:41; 1Ch 15:24; 1Ch 16:6; 2Ch 5:12; 2Ch 7:6; 2Ch 29:27).<\/p>\n<p>&quot;The impression that this narrative intends to give is that of an orderly and obedient departure from Sinai. The picture is a far cry from the scene which Moses saw when he first returned from the mountain and found the nation celebrating before the golden calf: &rsquo;the people were running wild and Aaron had let them get out of control and so become a laughingstock to their enemies&rsquo; (Exo 32:25). In other words, the author is trying to make a point with this narrative. He shows that after the incident of the golden calf the Mosaic Law was able to bring order and obedience to the nation. The Law, necessitated by the disobedience of the people, was having its effect on them.&quot;<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Sailhamer, p. 381.] <\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>2. THE SILVER TRUMPETS<\/p>\n<p>Num 10:1-10<\/p>\n<p>An air of antique simplicity is felt in the legislation regarding the two trumpets of silver, yet we are not in any way hindered from connecting the statute with the idea of claiming human art for Divine service. Instrumental music was of course rudimentary in the wilderness; but, such as it was, Jehovah was to control the use of it through the priests; and the developed idea is found in the account of the dedication of the temple of Solomon, as recorded in 2Ch 5:1-14, where we are told that besides the Levites, who had cymbals, psalteries, and harps, a hundred and twenty priests sounding with trumpets took part in the music.<\/p>\n<p>There is no need to question the early use of these instruments; nevertheless, the legislation in our passage assumes the settlement in Canaan, and times when defensive war became necessary and the observance of the sacred feasts fell into a fixed order. The statute is instructive as to the meaning of the formula &#8220;The Lord spake unto Moses,&#8221; and not less as to the gradual accretion of particulars around an ancient nucleus. We cannot set aside the sincere record, though it may seem to make Jehovah speak on matters of small importance. But interpretation must spring from a right understanding of the purpose suggested to the mind of Moses. Uses found for the trumpets in the course of years are simply extensions of the germinal idea of reserving for sacred use those instruments and the art they represented. It was well that whatever fear or exhilaration the sounding of them caused should be controlled by those who were responsible to God for the moral inspiration of the people.<\/p>\n<p>According to the statute, the two trumpets, which were of very simple make, and capable of only a few notes, had their use first in calling assemblies. A long peal blown on one trumpet summoned the princes who were the heads of the thousands of Israel: a long peal on both trumpets called the whole congregation to the &#8220;tent of meeting.&#8221; There were occasions when these assemblies were required not for deliberation, but to hear in detail the instructions and orders of the leader. At other times the convocations were for prayer or thanksgiving; or, again, the people had to hear solemn reproofs and sentences of punishment. We may imagine that with varying sound, joyful or mournful, the trumpets were made to convey some indication of the purpose for which the assembly was called.<\/p>\n<p>A sacred obligation lay on the Israelites to obey the summons, whether for joy or sorrow. They heard in the trumpet-blast the very voice of God. And upon us, bound to His service by a more solemn and gracious covenant, rests an obligation even more commanding. The unity of the tribes of Israel, and their fellowship in the obedience and worship of Jehovah, could never be of half so much importance as the unity of Christians in declaring their faith and fulfilling their vocation. To come together at the call of recurring opportunity, that we may confess Christ and hear His word anew, is essential to our spiritual life. Those who hear the call should know its urgency and promptly respond, lest in the midst of the holiest light there come to be a shadow of deep darkness, the midnight gloom of paganism and death.<\/p>\n<p>Again, in the wilderness, the trumpets gave the signal for striking the camp and setting out on a new stage of the journey. Blown sharply by way of alarm, the peals conveyed now to one, now to another part of the host the order to advance. The movement of the pillar of cloud, we may assume, could not be seen everywhere, and this was another means of direction, not only of a general kind, but with some detail.<\/p>\n<p>Taking Num 10:5-6, along with the passage beginning at Num 10:14, we have an ideal picture of the order of movement. One peal, sharply rung out from the trumpets, would signify that the eastern camp, embracing the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun, should advance. Then the tabernacle was to be taken down, and the Levites of the families of Gershon and Merari were to set forward with the various parts of the tent and its enclosure. Next two alarms gave the signal to the southern camp, that of Reuben, Simeon, and Gad. The Levites of the family of Kohath followed, bearing the ark, the altar of incense, the great altar, the table of shewbread, and other furniture of the sanctuary. The third and fourth camps, of which Ephraim and Benjamin were the heads, brought up the rear. In these movements the trumpets would be of much use. But it is quite clear that the real difficulty was not to set the divisions in motion each at a fit time. The camps were not composed only of men under military discipline. The women and children, the old and feeble, had to be cared for. The flocks and herds also had to be kept in hand. We cannot suppose that there was any orderly procession; rather was each camp a straggling multitude, with its own delays and interruptions.<\/p>\n<p>And so it is in the case of every social and religious movement. Clear enough may be the command to advance, the trumpet of Providence, the clarion of the Gospel. But men and women are undisciplined in obedience and faith. They have many burdens of a personal kind to bear, many private differences and quarrels. How very seldom can the great Leader find prompt response to His will, though the terms of it are distinctly conveyed and the demand is urgent! God makes a plan for us, opens our way, shows us our need, proclaims the fit hours; but our unbelief and fear and incapacity impede the march. Nevertheless, through the grace of His providence, as Israel slowly made its way across the desert and reached Canaan at last, the Church moves, and will continue to move, towards the holy future, the millennial age.<\/p>\n<p>Turning now to the uses of the silver trumpets after the settlement in Canaan, there is first that connected with war. The people are presumed to be living peaceably in their country; but some neighbouring power has attacked them. The sounding of the trumpets then is to be of the nature of a prayer to the Divine Protector of the nation. The cry of the dependent tribes will be gathered up, as it were, into the shrill blast which carries the alarm to the throne of the Lord of Hosts. To the army and to the nation assurance is given that the old promise of Jehovahs favour remains in force, and that the promise, claimed by the priests according to the covenant, will be fulfilled. And this will make the trumpet-blast exhilarating, a presage of victory. The claim and hope of the nation rise heavenward. The men of war stand together in faith, and put to flight the armies of the aliens.<\/p>\n<p>For the battles we have to fight, the conflicts of faith with unbelief, and righteousness with aggressive iniquity, an inspiration is needed like that conveyed to Israel in the peal of the silver trumpets. Have we any means of assurance resembling that which was to animate the Hebrews when the enemy came upon them? Even the need is often unrecognised. Many take for granted that religion is safe, that the truth requires no valour of theirs in maintaining it, and the Gospel of Christ no spirited defence. The trumpet is not heard because the duty to which all Christians are called as helpers of the Gospel is never considered. Messages are accepted as oracles of God only when they tell the trustful of safety and confirm them in easy enjoyment of spiritual privilege and hope. One kind of trumpet peal alone is liked-that which sounds an alarm to the unconverted, and bids them prepare for the coming of the Judge.<\/p>\n<p>But there are for all Christians frequent calls to a service in which they need the courage of faith and every hope the covenant can give. At the present time no greater mistake is possible than to sit in comfort under the shadow of ancient forms and creeds. We cannot realise the value of the promise given to genuine faith unless we abandon the crumbling walls and meet our assailants in the open ground, where we can see them face to face, and know the spirit with which they fight, the ensigns of their war. There is no brave thinking now in those old shelters, no room to use the armour of light. Christianity is one of the free forces of human life. Its true inspiration is found only when those who stand by it are bent on securing and extending the liberties of men. The trumpets that lift to heaven the prayers of the faithful and fill the soldiers of the Cross with the hope of victory can never be in the hands of those who claim exclusive spiritual authority, nor will they ever again sound the old Hebrew note. They inspire those who are generous, who feel that the more they give the more they are blessed, who would impart to others their own life that Gods love to the world may be known. They call us not to defend our own privileges, but to keep the way of salvation open to all, to prevent the Pharisee and the unbeliever from closing against men the door of heavenly grace.<\/p>\n<p>Once more; in the days of gladness and solemn feasting the trumpets were to be blown over the burnt offerings and peace offerings. The joy of the Passover, the hope of the new-moon festival, especially in the beginning of the seventh month, were to be sent up to heaven with the sound of these instruments, not as if Jehovah had forgotten His people and His covenant, but for the assurance and comfort of the worshippers. He was a Friend before whom they could rejoice, a King whose forgiveness was abundant, who showed mercy unto the thousands who loved Him and kept His commandments. The music, loud, and clear, and bold, was to carry to all who heard it the conviction that God had been sought in the way of His holy law, and would cause blessing to descend upon Israel.<\/p>\n<p>We claim with gentler sounds, those of lowly prayer and pleading, the help of the Most High. Even in the secret chamber when the door is shut we can address our Father, knowing that our claim will be answered for the sake of Christ. Yet there are times when the loud and clear hallelujahs, borne heavenward by human voices and pealing organ, seem alone to express our exultation. Then the instruments and methods of modern art may be said to bind the old Hebrew times, the ancient faith of the wilderness and of Zion, to our own. We carry out ideas that lie at the heart of the race; we realise that human skill, human discovery, find their highest use and delight when they make beautiful and inspiring the service of God.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositors Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":"<p>And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying, Num 10:1-10 Make thee two trumpets of silver. The law of the silver trumpets Revelation is to man as a trumpet-call from heaven; hence the prophets are often told to lift up their voices like a trumpet. The human race is a grand army of immortals. The journey &hellip; <a href=\"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-numbers-101\/\" class=\"more-link\">Continue reading<span class=\"screen-reader-text\"> &#8220;Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Numbers 10:1&#8221;<\/span><\/a><\/p>\n","protected":false},"author":1,"featured_media":0,"comment_status":"","ping_status":"","sticky":false,"template":"","format":"standard","meta":{"footnotes":""},"categories":[1],"tags":[],"class_list":["post-3998","post","type-post","status-publish","format-standard","hentry","category-commentary"],"_links":{"self":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/3998","targetHints":{"allow":["GET"]}}],"collection":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts"}],"about":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/types\/post"}],"author":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/users\/1"}],"replies":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/comments?post=3998"}],"version-history":[{"count":0,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/3998\/revisions"}],"wp:attachment":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/media?parent=3998"}],"wp:term":[{"taxonomy":"category","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/categories?post=3998"},{"taxonomy":"post_tag","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/tags?post=3998"}],"curies":[{"name":"wp","href":"https:\/\/api.w.org\/{rel}","templated":true}]}}